Sema.h revision c98fbf1db917c2497ddcf68925a0801cae2050df
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23#include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 32#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 33#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 42#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 43#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 45#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 46#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 47#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 48#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 49#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 50#include "llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h" 51#include <deque> 52#include <string> 53#include <vector> 54 55namespace llvm { 56 class APSInt; 57 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 58 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 59 class SmallBitVector; 60} 61 62namespace clang { 63 class ADLResult; 64 class ASTConsumer; 65 class ASTContext; 66 class ASTMutationListener; 67 class ASTReader; 68 class ASTWriter; 69 class ArrayType; 70 class AttributeList; 71 class BlockDecl; 72 class CapturedDecl; 73 class CXXBasePath; 74 class CXXBasePaths; 75 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 76 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 77 class CXXConstructorDecl; 78 class CXXConversionDecl; 79 class CXXDestructorDecl; 80 class CXXFieldCollector; 81 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 82 class CXXMethodDecl; 83 class CXXScopeSpec; 84 class CXXTemporary; 85 class CXXTryStmt; 86 class CallExpr; 87 class ClassTemplateDecl; 88 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 89 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 90 class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 91 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 92 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 93 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 94 class CodeCompletionResult; 95 class Decl; 96 class DeclAccessPair; 97 class DeclContext; 98 class DeclRefExpr; 99 class DeclaratorDecl; 100 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 101 class DependentDiagnostic; 102 class DesignatedInitExpr; 103 class Designation; 104 class EnumConstantDecl; 105 class Expr; 106 class ExtVectorType; 107 class ExternalSemaSource; 108 class FormatAttr; 109 class FriendDecl; 110 class FunctionDecl; 111 class FunctionProtoType; 112 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 113 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 114 class InitListExpr; 115 class InitializationKind; 116 class InitializationSequence; 117 class InitializedEntity; 118 class IntegerLiteral; 119 class LabelStmt; 120 class LambdaExpr; 121 class LangOptions; 122 class LocalInstantiationScope; 123 class LookupResult; 124 class MacroInfo; 125 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 126 class NamedDecl; 127 class NonNullAttr; 128 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 129 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 130 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 131 class ObjCContainerDecl; 132 class ObjCImplDecl; 133 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 134 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 135 class ObjCIvarDecl; 136 template <class T> class ObjCList; 137 class ObjCMessageExpr; 138 class ObjCMethodDecl; 139 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 140 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 141 class OMPThreadPrivateDecl; 142 class OMPClause; 143 class OverloadCandidateSet; 144 class OverloadExpr; 145 class ParenListExpr; 146 class ParmVarDecl; 147 class Preprocessor; 148 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 149 class PseudoObjectExpr; 150 class QualType; 151 class StandardConversionSequence; 152 class Stmt; 153 class StringLiteral; 154 class SwitchStmt; 155 class TargetAttributesSema; 156 class TemplateArgument; 157 class TemplateArgumentList; 158 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 159 class TemplateDecl; 160 class TemplateParameterList; 161 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 162 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 163 class Token; 164 class TypeAliasDecl; 165 class TypedefDecl; 166 class TypedefNameDecl; 167 class TypeLoc; 168 class UnqualifiedId; 169 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 170 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 171 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 172 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 173 class UsingDecl; 174 class UsingShadowDecl; 175 class ValueDecl; 176 class VarDecl; 177 class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl; 178 class VisibilityAttr; 179 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 180 class IndirectFieldDecl; 181 struct DeductionFailureInfo; 182 class TemplateSpecCandidateSet; 183 184namespace sema { 185 class AccessedEntity; 186 class BlockScopeInfo; 187 class CapturedRegionScopeInfo; 188 class CapturingScopeInfo; 189 class CompoundScopeInfo; 190 class DelayedDiagnostic; 191 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 192 class FunctionScopeInfo; 193 class LambdaScopeInfo; 194 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 195 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 196} 197 198// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 199// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 200typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 201 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 202 203/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 204class Sema { 205 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 206 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 207 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 208 209 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 210 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 211 212 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 213 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 214 215 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); 216 217 static bool 218 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) { 219 // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of 220 // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will 221 // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and 222 // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we 223 // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain 224 // with internal linkage. 225 return !Old->isHidden() || New->isExternallyVisible(); 226 } 227 228public: 229 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 230 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 231 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 232 233 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 234 FPOptions FPFeatures; 235 236 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 237 Preprocessor &PP; 238 ASTContext &Context; 239 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 240 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 241 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 242 243 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 244 bool CollectStats; 245 246 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 247 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 248 249 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 250 DeclContext *CurContext; 251 252 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 253 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 254 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 255 256 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 257 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 258 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 259 260 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 261 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 262 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 263 264 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 265 266 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 267 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 268 269 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 270 /// 271 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 272 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 273 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 274 275 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 276 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 277 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 278 279 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 280 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 281 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 282 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 283 284 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs; 285 286 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 287 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 288 /// 289 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 290 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 291 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 292 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 293 294 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 295 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 296 ExtVectorDeclsType; 297 298 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 299 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 300 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 301 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 302 303 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 304 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 305 306 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 307 308 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 309 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 310 311 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 312 313 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 314 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 315 /// same list more than once. 316 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 317 318 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 319 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 320 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 321 322 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 323 /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name. 324 /// 325 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 326 /// scopes, e.g., 327 /// 328 /// \code 329 /// extern "C" void f() { 330 /// void foo(int, int); 331 /// } 332 /// \endcode 333 /// 334 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of 335 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 336 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 337 /// 338 /// - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with 339 /// the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration, 340 /// so that the types of this external declaration can be checked 341 /// for compatibility. 342 /// 343 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 344 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 345 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 346 /// not visible. 347 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls; 348 349 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. 350 NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); 351 352 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 353 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 354 TentativeDefinitionsType; 355 356 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 357 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 358 359 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 360 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 361 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 362 363 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 364 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 365 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 366 367 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 368 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 369 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 370 371 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 372 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 373 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 374 375 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 376 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 377 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 378 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 379 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 380 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 381 382 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both 383 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception 384 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their 385 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications 386 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to 387 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and 388 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. 389 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> 390 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; 391 392 typedef llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl *, LateParsedTemplate *> 393 LateParsedTemplateMapT; 394 LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap; 395 396 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 397 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT); 398 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 399 void *OpaqueParser; 400 401 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 402 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 403 OpaqueParser = P; 404 } 405 406 class DelayedDiagnostics; 407 408 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 409 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 410 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 411 }; 412 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 413 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 414 415 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 416 /// during parsing and other processing. 417 class DelayedDiagnostics { 418 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 419 /// diagnostics should go. 420 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 421 422 public: 423 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 424 425 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 426 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 427 428 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 429 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 430 431 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 432 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 433 return CurPool; 434 } 435 436 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 437 /// collected in this pool. 438 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 439 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 440 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 441 CurPool = &pool; 442 return state; 443 } 444 445 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 446 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 447 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 448 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 449 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 450 } 451 452 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 453 /// not delayed. 454 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 455 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 456 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 457 CurPool = 0; 458 return state; 459 } 460 461 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 462 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 463 assert(CurPool == NULL); 464 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 465 } 466 } DelayedDiagnostics; 467 468 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 469 class ContextRAII { 470 private: 471 Sema &S; 472 DeclContext *SavedContext; 473 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 474 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 475 476 public: 477 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 478 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 479 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 480 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 481 { 482 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 483 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 484 } 485 486 void pop() { 487 if (!SavedContext) return; 488 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 489 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 490 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 491 SavedContext = 0; 492 } 493 494 ~ContextRAII() { 495 pop(); 496 } 497 }; 498 499 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 500 /// a function body. 501 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 502 Sema &S; 503 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 504 505 public: 506 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 507 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 508 { 509 S.PushFunctionScope(); 510 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 511 } 512 513 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 514 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 515 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 516 } 517 }; 518 519 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 520 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 521 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 522 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 523 524 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 525 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 526 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 527 /// in the currently selected standard. 528 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 529 530 531 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 532 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 533 534 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 535 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 536 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 537 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 538 /// It would be best to refactor this. 539 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 540 541 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 542 543 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 544 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 545 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 546 Scope *TUScope; 547 548 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 549 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 550 551 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 552 /// standard library. 553 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 554 555 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 556 /// \<initializer_list>. 557 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 558 559 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 560 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 561 562 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 563 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 564 565 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 566 OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 567 568 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 569 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 570 571 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 572 QualType NSNumberPointer; 573 574 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 575 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 576 577 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 578 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 579 580 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 581 QualType NSStringPointer; 582 583 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 584 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 585 586 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 587 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 588 589 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 590 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 591 592 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 593 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 594 595 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 596 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 597 598 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 599 QualType QIDNSCopying; 600 601 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' 602 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; 603 604 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 605 /// have been declared. 606 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 607 608 /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract 609 /// references to fields. This is really a 610 bool AllowAbstractFieldReference; 611 612 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 613 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 614 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 615 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 616 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 617 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 618 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 619 /// run time. 620 Unevaluated, 621 622 /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated 623 /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to 624 /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly. 625 UnevaluatedAbstract, 626 627 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 628 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 629 /// cases in a switch statment). 630 ConstantEvaluated, 631 632 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 633 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 634 /// expression at run time. 635 PotentiallyEvaluated, 636 637 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 638 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 639 /// in fact the current expression is used. 640 /// 641 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 642 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 643 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 644 /// until the default argument is used. 645 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 646 }; 647 648 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 649 /// expression evaluation contexts. 650 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 651 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 652 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 653 654 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 655 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 656 657 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 658 bool IsDecltype; 659 660 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 661 /// this expression evaluation context. 662 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 663 664 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 665 666 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 667 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 668 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 669 670 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions 671 /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not 672 /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument. 673 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 674 675 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 676 /// and block literals within this context. 677 /// 678 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 679 /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals. 680 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering; 681 682 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 683 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 684 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 685 686 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 687 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 688 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 689 690 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 691 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 692 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 693 Decl *ManglingContextDecl, 694 bool IsDecltype) 695 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 696 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 697 ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { } 698 699 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently 700 /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling. 701 MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext(ASTContext &Ctx); 702 703 bool isUnevaluated() const { 704 return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract; 705 } 706 }; 707 708 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 709 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 710 711 /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or 712 /// block literal. 713 /// 714 /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or 715 /// block literal. 716 /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl 717 /// associated with the context, if relevant. 718 MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 719 const DeclContext *DC, 720 Decl *&ManglingContextDecl); 721 722 723 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 724 /// function. 725 /// 726 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 727 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 728 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 729 public: 730 enum Kind { 731 NoMemberOrDeleted, 732 Ambiguous, 733 Success 734 }; 735 736 private: 737 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 738 739 public: 740 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 741 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 742 {} 743 744 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 745 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 746 747 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 748 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 749 }; 750 751 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 752 /// for C++ records. 753 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 754 755 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 756 /// 757 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 758 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 759 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 760 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 761 /// checks. 762 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 763 764 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 765 766 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 767 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 768 769 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 770 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 771 772 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 773 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 774 /// 775 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 776 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 777 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 778 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 779 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 780 781 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 782 // argument locations. 783 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 784 785 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a 786 /// definition in this translation unit. 787 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; 788 789 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. 790 void getUndefinedButUsed( 791 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); 792 793 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 794 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 795 796 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 797 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 798 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 799 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 800 /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2 801 /// methods inside categories with a particular selector. 802 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 803 804 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 805 /// of -Wselector. 806 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 807 808 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 809 enum CXXSpecialMember { 810 CXXDefaultConstructor, 811 CXXCopyConstructor, 812 CXXMoveConstructor, 813 CXXCopyAssignment, 814 CXXMoveAssignment, 815 CXXDestructor, 816 CXXInvalid 817 }; 818 819 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 820 821 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 822 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 823 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 824 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 825 826 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 827 828 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 829 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 830 831 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 832 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 833 /// should not be used elsewhere. 834 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 835 836 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 837 /// statements. 838 class FPContractStateRAII { 839 public: 840 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 841 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 842 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 843 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 844 } 845 private: 846 Sema& S; 847 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 848 }; 849 850 typedef llvm::MCAsmParserSemaCallback::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo 851 InlineAsmIdentifierInfo; 852 853public: 854 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 855 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 856 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 857 ~Sema(); 858 859 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 860 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 861 void Initialize(); 862 863 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 864 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 865 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 866 867 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 868 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 869 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 870 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 871 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 872 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 873 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 874 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 875 876 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 877 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 878 /// 879 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 880 /// 881 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 882 883 void PrintStats() const; 884 885 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 886 /// template instantiation stacks. 887 /// 888 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 889 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 890 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 891 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 892 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 893 /// well. 894 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 895 Sema &SemaRef; 896 unsigned DiagID; 897 898 public: 899 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 900 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 901 902 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 903 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 904 if (!isActive()) return; 905 906 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 907 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 908 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 909 // 910 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 911 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 912 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 913 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 914 // eliminate that code. 915 FlushCounts(); 916 Clear(); 917 918 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 919 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 920 } 921 922 /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type. 923 template<typename T> 924 friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<( 925 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) { 926 const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag; 927 BaseDiag << Value; 928 return Diag; 929 } 930 }; 931 932 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 933 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 934 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 935 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 936 } 937 938 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 939 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 940 941 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 942 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 943 944 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 945 946 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 947 std::string 948 getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const; 949 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const; 950 951 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 952 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 953 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 954 955 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 956 957 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 958 959 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 960 961 void PushFunctionScope(); 962 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 963 void PushLambdaScope(); 964 965 /// \brief This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth 966 /// is during Parsing. Currently it is used to pass on the depth 967 /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters. 968 void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth); 969 970 void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD, 971 RecordDecl *RD, 972 CapturedRegionKind K); 973 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 974 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 975 976 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 977 return FunctionScopes.back(); 978 } 979 980 template <typename ExprT> 981 void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) { 982 if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) 983 getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead); 984 } 985 986 void PushCompoundScope(); 987 void PopCompoundScope(); 988 989 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 990 991 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 992 993 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 994 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 995 996 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any. 997 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 998 999 /// \brief Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any. 1000 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda(); 1001 1002 /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any. 1003 sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion(); 1004 1005 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 1006 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 1007 1008 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 1009 1010 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1011 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 1012 // 1013 1014 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs, 1015 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 1016 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA, 1017 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 1018 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 1019 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1020 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 1021 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1022 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 1023 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 1024 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 1025 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 1026 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 1027 1028 bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 1029 1030 /// \brief Build a function type. 1031 /// 1032 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and 1033 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have 1034 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates 1035 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much 1036 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. 1037 /// 1038 /// \param T The return type of the function. 1039 /// 1040 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array 1041 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the 1042 /// function parameters. 1043 /// 1044 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this 1045 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the 1046 /// type that will have function type. 1047 /// 1048 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function 1049 /// type, if known. 1050 /// 1051 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will 1052 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. 1053 /// 1054 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The 1055 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. 1056 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 1057 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 1058 llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, 1059 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 1060 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 1061 1062 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 1063 SourceLocation Loc, 1064 DeclarationName Entity); 1065 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 1066 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1067 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 1068 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 1069 1070 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 1071 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 1072 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 1073 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 1074 1075 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 1076 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1077 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 1078 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 1079 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 1080 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 1081 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 1082 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 1083 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 1084 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 1085 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 1086 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1087 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1088 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 1089 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1090 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1091 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1092 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 1093 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 1094 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 1095 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 1096 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 1097 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 1098 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1099 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 1100 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 1101 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1102 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 1103 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 1104 1105 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1106 1107 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 1108 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 1109 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 1110 1111 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 1112 struct TypeDiagnoser { 1113 bool Suppressed; 1114 1115 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 1116 1117 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1118 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 1119 }; 1120 1121 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1122 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1123 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1124 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1125 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1126 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1127 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1128 return II; 1129 } 1130 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1131 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1132 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1133 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1134 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1135 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1136 1137 template<typename T1> 1138 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1139 unsigned DiagID; 1140 const T1 &Arg1; 1141 1142 public: 1143 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1144 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1145 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1146 if (Suppressed) return; 1147 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1148 } 1149 1150 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1151 }; 1152 1153 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1154 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1155 unsigned DiagID; 1156 const T1 &Arg1; 1157 const T2 &Arg2; 1158 1159 public: 1160 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1161 const T2 &Arg2) 1162 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1163 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1164 1165 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1166 if (Suppressed) return; 1167 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1168 } 1169 1170 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1171 }; 1172 1173 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1174 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1175 unsigned DiagID; 1176 const T1 &Arg1; 1177 const T2 &Arg2; 1178 const T3 &Arg3; 1179 1180 public: 1181 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1182 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1183 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1184 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1185 1186 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1187 if (Suppressed) return; 1188 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1189 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1190 } 1191 1192 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1193 }; 1194 1195private: 1196 bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1197 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1198public: 1199 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1200 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1201 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1202 unsigned DiagID); 1203 1204 template<typename T1> 1205 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1206 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1207 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1208 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1209 } 1210 1211 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1212 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1213 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1214 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1215 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1216 } 1217 1218 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1219 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1220 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1221 const T3 &Arg3) { 1222 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1223 Arg3); 1224 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1225 } 1226 1227 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1228 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1229 1230 template<typename T1> 1231 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1232 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1233 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1234 } 1235 1236 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1237 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1238 const T2 &Arg2) { 1239 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1240 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1241 } 1242 1243 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1244 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1245 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1246 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1247 Arg3); 1248 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1249 } 1250 1251 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1252 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1253 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1254 1255 template<typename T1> 1256 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1257 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1258 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1259 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1260 } 1261 1262 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1263 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1264 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1265 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1266 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1267 } 1268 1269 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1270 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1271 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1272 const T3 &Arg3) { 1273 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1274 Arg3); 1275 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1276 } 1277 1278 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1279 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1280 1281 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1282 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1283 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1284 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1285 SourceLocation Loc); 1286 1287 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1288 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1289 // 1290 1291 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1292 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1293 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1294 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1295 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1296 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1297 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1298 /// such as: 1299 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1300 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1301 1302 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1303 1304 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1305 1306 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1307 1308 ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1309 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1310 bool isClassName = false, 1311 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1312 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1313 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1314 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1315 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1316 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1317 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1318 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1319 SourceLocation IILoc, 1320 Scope *S, 1321 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1322 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1323 1324 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1325 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1326 enum NameClassificationKind { 1327 NC_Unknown, 1328 NC_Error, 1329 NC_Keyword, 1330 NC_Type, 1331 NC_Expression, 1332 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1333 NC_TypeTemplate, 1334 NC_VarTemplate, 1335 NC_FunctionTemplate 1336 }; 1337 1338 class NameClassification { 1339 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1340 ExprResult Expr; 1341 TemplateName Template; 1342 ParsedType Type; 1343 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1344 1345 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1346 1347 public: 1348 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1349 1350 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1351 1352 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1353 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1354 1355 static NameClassification Error() { 1356 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1357 } 1358 1359 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1360 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1361 } 1362 1363 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1364 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1365 } 1366 1367 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1368 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1369 Result.Template = Name; 1370 return Result; 1371 } 1372 1373 static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1374 NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate); 1375 Result.Template = Name; 1376 return Result; 1377 } 1378 1379 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1380 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1381 Result.Template = Name; 1382 return Result; 1383 } 1384 1385 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1386 1387 ParsedType getType() const { 1388 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1389 return Type; 1390 } 1391 1392 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1393 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1394 return Expr; 1395 } 1396 1397 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1398 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || 1399 Kind == NC_VarTemplate); 1400 return Template; 1401 } 1402 1403 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1404 switch (Kind) { 1405 case NC_TypeTemplate: 1406 return TNK_Type_template; 1407 case NC_FunctionTemplate: 1408 return TNK_Function_template; 1409 case NC_VarTemplate: 1410 return TNK_Var_template; 1411 default: 1412 llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification."); 1413 } 1414 } 1415 }; 1416 1417 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1418 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1419 /// 1420 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1421 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1422 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1423 /// 1424 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1425 /// 1426 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1427 /// 1428 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1429 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1430 /// 1431 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1432 /// 1433 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1434 /// disambiguate the name. 1435 /// 1436 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1437 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1438 /// expression. 1439 /// 1440 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1441 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1442 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1443 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1444 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1445 const Token &NextToken, 1446 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1447 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1448 1449 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1450 1451 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1452 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1453 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S); 1454 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1455 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1456 DeclarationName Name, 1457 SourceLocation Loc); 1458 static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC); 1459 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS); 1460 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1461 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1462 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1463 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1464 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1465 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1466 LookupResult &Previous); 1467 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1468 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1469 NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 1470 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1471 LookupResult &Previous, 1472 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1473 bool &AddToScope); 1474 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1475 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1476 void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD); 1477 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1478 void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D); 1479 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1480 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1481 1482 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1483 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1484 LookupResult &Previous, 1485 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1486 bool &AddToScope); 1487 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1488 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1489 1490 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1491 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1492 1493 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1494 void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 1495 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods); 1496 void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 1497 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods); 1498 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1499 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1500 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1501 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1502 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1503 void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD); 1504 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1505 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1506 SourceLocation Loc, 1507 QualType T); 1508 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1509 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1510 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1511 StorageClass SC); 1512 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1513 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1514 Expr *defarg); 1515 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1516 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1517 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1518 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1519 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1520 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1521 1522 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1523 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1524 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1525 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1526 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1527 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1528 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1529 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1530 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1531 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); 1532 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 1533 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1534 1535 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1536 /// documentation comments. 1537 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1538 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); 1539 1540 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1541 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1542 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1543 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1544 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1545 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1546 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1547 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1548 } 1549 1550 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1551 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1552 /// code for that function. 1553 /// 1554 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1555 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1556 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1557 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1558 1559 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1560 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1561 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1562 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1563 1564 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1565 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1566 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1567 1568 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1569 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1570 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1571 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1572 1573 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1574 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1575 /// specified threshold. 1576 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1577 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1578 QualType ReturnTy, 1579 NamedDecl *D); 1580 1581 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1582 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1583 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1584 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1585 1586 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. 1587 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, 1588 AttributeList *AttrList, 1589 SourceLocation SemiLoc); 1590 1591 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1592 /// 1593 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1594 /// 1595 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1596 /// 1597 /// \param Path The module access path. 1598 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1599 ModuleIdPath Path); 1600 1601 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given 1602 /// source location. 1603 /// 1604 /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found 1605 /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but 1606 /// the user has forgotten to import. 1607 void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod); 1608 1609 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1610 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1611 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1612 } 1613 1614 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1615 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1616 const Preprocessor &PP); 1617 1618 /// Scope actions. 1619 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1620 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1621 1622 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1623 DeclSpec &DS); 1624 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1625 DeclSpec &DS, 1626 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 1627 bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false); 1628 1629 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1630 AccessSpecifier AS, 1631 RecordDecl *Record); 1632 1633 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1634 RecordDecl *Record); 1635 1636 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1637 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1638 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1639 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1640 1641 enum TagUseKind { 1642 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1643 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1644 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1645 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1646 }; 1647 1648 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1649 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1650 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1651 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1652 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1653 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1654 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1655 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1656 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1657 1658 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1659 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1660 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1661 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1662 AttributeList *Attr, 1663 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1664 1665 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1666 unsigned TagSpec, 1667 TagUseKind TUK, 1668 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1669 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1670 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1671 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1672 1673 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1674 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1675 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1676 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1677 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1678 1679 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1680 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1681 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1682 AccessSpecifier AS); 1683 MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, 1684 SourceLocation DeclStart, 1685 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1686 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1687 AccessSpecifier AS, 1688 AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr); 1689 1690 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1691 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1692 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1693 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1694 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1695 SourceLocation TSSL, 1696 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1697 Declarator *D = 0); 1698 1699 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1700 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1701 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1702 bool Diagnose = false); 1703 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1704 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1705 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1706 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1707 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1708 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1709 1710 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1711 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1712 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1713 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1714 AttributeList *AttrList); 1715 1716 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1717 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1718 /// struct, or union). 1719 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1720 1721 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1722 1723 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1724 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1725 /// member declarations. 1726 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1727 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1728 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1729 1730 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1731 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1732 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1733 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1734 1735 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1736 1737 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1738 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1739 /// 1740 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1741 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1742 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1743 1744 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1745 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1746 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1747 1748 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1749 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1750 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1751 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1752 Expr *val); 1753 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1754 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1755 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1756 1757 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1758 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1759 AttributeList *Attrs, 1760 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1761 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1762 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1763 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 1764 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1765 1766 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1767 1768 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1769 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1770 void PopDeclContext(); 1771 1772 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1773 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1774 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1775 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1776 1777 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1778 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1779 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1780 1781 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1782 1783 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1784 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1785 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1786 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1787 1788 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1789 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1790 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1791 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1792 1793 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1794 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1795 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1796 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1797 1798 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1799 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1800 1801 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1802 /// top level scope. 1803 /// 1804 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1805 /// 1806 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1807 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1808 1809 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1810 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1811 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1812 /// 1813 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1814 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1815 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1816 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1817 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1818 1819 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1820 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1821 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1822 1823 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1824 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1825 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1826 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1827 1828 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1829 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, 1830 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1831 VersionTuple Introduced, 1832 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1833 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1834 bool IsUnavailable, 1835 StringRef Message, 1836 bool Override, 1837 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1838 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1839 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1840 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1841 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1842 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1843 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1844 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1845 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1846 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1847 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1848 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1849 IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx, 1850 int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1851 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, 1852 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1853 1854 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability 1855 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). 1856 enum AvailabilityMergeKind { 1857 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. 1858 AMK_None, 1859 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires 1860 /// an exact match. 1861 AMK_Redeclaration, 1862 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires 1863 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. 1864 AMK_Override 1865 }; 1866 1867 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1868 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); 1869 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1870 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S, 1871 bool MergeTypeWithOld); 1872 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1873 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld); 1874 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1875 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous); 1876 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld); 1877 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1878 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1879 1880 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1881 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1882 enum AssignmentAction { 1883 AA_Assigning, 1884 AA_Passing, 1885 AA_Returning, 1886 AA_Converting, 1887 AA_Initializing, 1888 AA_Sending, 1889 AA_Casting, 1890 AA_Passing_CFAudited 1891 }; 1892 1893 /// C++ Overloading. 1894 enum OverloadKind { 1895 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1896 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1897 Ovl_Overload, 1898 1899 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1900 /// an existing declaration. 1901 Ovl_Match, 1902 1903 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1904 /// non-function. 1905 Ovl_NonFunction 1906 }; 1907 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1908 FunctionDecl *New, 1909 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1910 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1911 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1912 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1913 1914 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1915 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1916 /// 1917 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1918 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1919 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1920 1921 ImplicitConversionSequence 1922 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1923 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1924 bool AllowExplicit, 1925 bool InOverloadResolution, 1926 bool CStyle, 1927 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1928 1929 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1930 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1931 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1932 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1933 bool InOverloadResolution, 1934 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1935 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1936 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1937 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1938 QualType &ConvertedType); 1939 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1940 QualType& ConvertedType); 1941 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1942 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1943 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1944 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1945 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1946 1947 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1948 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1949 CastKind &Kind, 1950 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1951 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1952 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1953 bool InOverloadResolution, 1954 QualType &ConvertedType); 1955 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1956 CastKind &Kind, 1957 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1958 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1959 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1960 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1961 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1962 QualType &ResultTy); 1963 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1964 bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg); 1965 1966 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1967 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1968 QualType ResultType, 1969 Expr *Value, 1970 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1971 1972 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1973 ExprResult Init); 1974 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1975 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1976 ExprResult Init, 1977 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1978 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1979 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1980 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1981 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1982 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1983 1984 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1985 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1986 1987 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1988 enum CCEKind { 1989 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1990 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1991 CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1992 CCEK_NewExpr ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator. 1993 }; 1994 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1995 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1996 1997 /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit 1998 /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter. 1999 class ContextualImplicitConverter { 2000 public: 2001 bool Suppress; 2002 bool SuppressConversion; 2003 2004 ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false, 2005 bool SuppressConversion = false) 2006 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {} 2007 2008 /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type 2009 /// for this conversion. 2010 virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0; 2011 2012 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 2013 /// integral or enumeration type. 2014 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2015 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2016 2017 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 2018 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2019 diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2020 2021 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 2022 /// is explicit. 2023 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( 2024 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2025 2026 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 2027 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2028 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2029 2030 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 2031 /// functions. 2032 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2033 diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2034 2035 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 2036 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2037 noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2038 2039 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 2040 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 2041 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion( 2042 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2043 2044 virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {} 2045 }; 2046 2047 class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter { 2048 bool AllowScopedEnumerations; 2049 2050 public: 2051 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations, 2052 bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion) 2053 : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion), 2054 AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {} 2055 2056 /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type. 2057 bool match(QualType T); 2058 2059 SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2060 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 2061 return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T); 2062 } 2063 2064 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 2065 /// integral or enumeration type. 2066 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2067 diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2068 }; 2069 2070 /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion. 2071 ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion( 2072 SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter); 2073 2074 2075 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 2076 OS_Array, 2077 OS_Dictionary, 2078 OS_Error 2079 }; 2080 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 2081 2082 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as 2083 // this is used for diagnostics logic. 2084 enum ObjCLiteralKind { 2085 LK_Array, 2086 LK_Dictionary, 2087 LK_Numeric, 2088 LK_Boxed, 2089 LK_String, 2090 LK_Block, 2091 LK_None 2092 }; 2093 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); 2094 2095 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 2096 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 2097 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 2098 NamedDecl *Member); 2099 2100 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 2101 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 2102 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 2103 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 2104 2105 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 2106 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2107 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2108 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2109 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2110 bool PartialOverloading = false, 2111 bool AllowExplicit = false); 2112 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 2113 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2114 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2115 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2116 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2117 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2118 QualType ObjectType, 2119 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2120 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2121 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2122 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 2123 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 2124 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2125 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 2126 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2127 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2128 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2129 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2130 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 2131 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2132 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2133 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2134 QualType ObjectType, 2135 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2136 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2137 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2138 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2139 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2140 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2141 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2142 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2143 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2144 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2145 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2146 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2147 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2148 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2149 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2150 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2151 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2152 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2153 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2154 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 2155 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2156 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2157 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2158 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2159 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2160 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2161 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2162 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2163 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2164 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 2165 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 2166 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2167 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2168 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 2169 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 2170 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2171 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2172 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2173 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 2174 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 2175 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2176 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2177 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2178 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2179 2180 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 2181 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2182 2183 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 2184 // identified by the expression Expr 2185 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2186 2187 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 2188 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 2189 // R (A) --> R(A) 2190 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 2191 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 2192 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 2193 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 2194 2195 FunctionDecl * 2196 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 2197 QualType TargetType, 2198 bool Complain, 2199 DeclAccessPair &Found, 2200 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 2201 2202 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 2203 bool Complain = false, 2204 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 2205 2206 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 2207 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 2208 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 2209 bool Complain = false, 2210 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 2211 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 2212 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 2213 2214 2215 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 2216 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2217 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2218 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 2219 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2220 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2221 2222 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2223 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2224 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2225 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2226 2227 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 2228 // range-based for loop. 2229 enum ForRangeStatus { 2230 FRS_Success, 2231 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2232 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2233 }; 2234 2235 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2236 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2237 enum BeginEndFunction { 2238 BEF_begin, 2239 BEF_end 2240 }; 2241 2242 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2243 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2244 VarDecl *Decl, 2245 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2246 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2247 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2248 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2249 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2250 2251 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2252 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2253 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2254 MultiExprArg Args, 2255 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2256 Expr *ExecConfig, 2257 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2258 2259 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2260 MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2261 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2262 ExprResult *Result); 2263 2264 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2265 unsigned Opc, 2266 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2267 Expr *input); 2268 2269 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2270 unsigned Opc, 2271 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2272 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2273 2274 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2275 SourceLocation RLoc, 2276 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2277 2278 ExprResult 2279 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2280 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2281 MultiExprArg Args, 2282 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2283 ExprResult 2284 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2285 MultiExprArg Args, 2286 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2287 2288 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2289 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2290 bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = 0); 2291 2292 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2293 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2294 /// that best represents the call. 2295 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2296 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2297 2298 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2299 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *Param, 2300 ParmVarDecl *const *ParamEnd, 2301 bool CheckParameterNames); 2302 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2303 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2304 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2305 2306 /// \name Name lookup 2307 /// 2308 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2309 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2310 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2311 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2312 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2313 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2314 /// 2315 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2316 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2317 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2318 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2319 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2320 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2321 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2322 /// 2323 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2324 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2325 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2326 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2327 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2328 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2329 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2330 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2331 //@{ 2332 2333 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2334 enum LookupNameKind { 2335 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2336 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2337 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2338 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2339 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2340 /// structs, and unions. 2341 LookupTagName, 2342 /// Label name lookup. 2343 LookupLabel, 2344 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2345 /// class/struct/union members. 2346 LookupMemberName, 2347 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2348 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2349 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2350 LookupOperatorName, 2351 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2352 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2353 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2354 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2355 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2356 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2357 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2358 LookupNamespaceName, 2359 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2360 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2361 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2362 LookupUsingDeclName, 2363 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2364 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2365 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2366 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2367 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2368 /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look 2369 /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11. 2370 LookupLocalFriendName, 2371 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2372 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2373 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2374 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2375 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2376 LookupAnyName 2377 }; 2378 2379 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2380 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2381 enum RedeclarationKind { 2382 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2383 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2384 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2385 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2386 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2387 ForRedeclaration 2388 }; 2389 2390 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2391 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2392 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2393 LOLR_Error, 2394 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2395 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2396 LOLR_Cooked, 2397 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2398 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2399 LOLR_Raw, 2400 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2401 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2402 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2403 LOLR_Template 2404 }; 2405 2406 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2407 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2408 bool ConstArg, 2409 bool VolatileArg, 2410 bool RValueThis, 2411 bool ConstThis, 2412 bool VolatileThis); 2413 2414private: 2415 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2416 2417 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2418 // 2419 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2420 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2421 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2422 2423 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2424 /// source. 2425 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2426 2427public: 2428 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2429 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2430 /// 2431 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2432 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2433 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2434 SourceLocation Loc, 2435 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2436 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2437 = NotForRedeclaration); 2438 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2439 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2440 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2441 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2442 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2443 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2444 bool EnteringContext = false); 2445 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2446 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2447 = NotForRedeclaration); 2448 2449 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2450 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2451 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2452 2453 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2454 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2455 2456 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2457 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2458 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2459 unsigned Quals); 2460 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2461 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2462 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2463 unsigned Quals); 2464 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2465 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2466 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2467 2468 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2469 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2470 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2471 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2472 2473 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2474 SourceLocation Loc, 2475 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2476 ADLResult &Functions); 2477 2478 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2479 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2480 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2481 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2482 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2483 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2484 2485 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2486 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2487 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2488 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2489 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2490 bool EnteringContext = false, 2491 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0, 2492 bool RecordFailure = true); 2493 2494 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction, 2495 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag, 2496 bool ErrorRecovery = true); 2497 2498 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction, 2499 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag, 2500 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote, 2501 bool ErrorRecovery = true); 2502 2503 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2504 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2505 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2506 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2507 2508 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2509 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2510 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2511 2512 void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2513 //@} 2514 2515 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2516 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2517 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2518 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2519 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2520 SourceLocation Loc); 2521 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2522 Scope *S); 2523 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2524 2525 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2526 2527 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2528 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2529 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD); 2530 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2531 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); 2532 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2533 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2534 2535 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2536 2537 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2538 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 2539 const FunctionDecl *FD = 0); 2540 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2541 bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeList &Attr, 2542 unsigned ArgNum, StringRef &Str, 2543 SourceLocation *ArgLocation = 0); 2544 2545 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); 2546 2547 /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it 2548 /// wasn't specified explicitly. This handles method types formed from 2549 /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments. 2550 void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T); 2551 2552 /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention. 2553 /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs. 2554 const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const; 2555 2556 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2557 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2558 SourceRange Range); 2559 2560 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2561 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2562 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2563 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2564 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2565 2566 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2567 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2568 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2569 2570 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2571 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2572 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2573 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2574 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2575 2576 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2577 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2578 2579 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2580 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2581 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2582 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2583 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2584 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2585 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2586 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2587 2588 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2589 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2590 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2591 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2592 SourceLocation Loc); 2593 2594 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2595 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2596 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2597 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2598 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2599 2600 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2601 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2602 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2603 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2604 2605 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2606 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2607 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2608 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2609 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2610 2611 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2612 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2613 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2614 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2615 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2616 2617 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is 2618 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor 2619 /// declared in class 'IFace'. 2620 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, 2621 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); 2622 2623 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2624 /// class extensions. 2625 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2626 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2627 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2628 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2629 Selector GetterSel, 2630 Selector SetterSel, 2631 const bool isAssign, 2632 const bool isReadWrite, 2633 const unsigned Attributes, 2634 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2635 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2636 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2637 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2638 2639 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2640 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2641 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2642 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2643 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2644 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2645 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2646 Selector GetterSel, 2647 Selector SetterSel, 2648 const bool isAssign, 2649 const bool isReadWrite, 2650 const unsigned Attributes, 2651 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2652 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2653 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2654 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2655 2656 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2657 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2658 /// setter or getter. 2659 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2660 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2661 2662 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2663 2664 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2665 2666 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2667 MMS_loose, 2668 MMS_strict 2669 }; 2670 2671 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2672 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2673 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2674 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2675 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2676 2677 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2678 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2679 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2680 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2681 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2682 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2683 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2684 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2685 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2686 bool ImmediateClass, 2687 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2688 2689 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2690 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2691 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2692 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2693 2694 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2695 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2696 2697private: 2698 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2699 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2700 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2701 2702 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2703 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2704 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2705 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2706 bool warn, bool instance); 2707 2708 /// \brief Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction. 2709 TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc, 2710 bool RecordFailure = true, 2711 bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false) { 2712 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup) 2713 (void)UnqualifiedTyposCorrected[Typo]; 2714 if (RecordFailure) 2715 TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc); 2716 return TypoCorrection(); 2717 } 2718 2719public: 2720 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2721 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2722 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2723 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2724 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2725 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2726 } 2727 2728 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2729 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2730 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2731 } 2732 2733 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2734 /// pool. 2735 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2736 2737 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2738 /// there are multiple signatures. 2739 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2740 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2741 bool warn=true) { 2742 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2743 warn, /*instance*/true); 2744 } 2745 2746 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2747 /// there are multiple signatures. 2748 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2749 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2750 bool warn=true) { 2751 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2752 warn, /*instance*/false); 2753 } 2754 2755 const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel, 2756 QualType ObjectType=QualType()); 2757 2758 /// DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool - This routine goes through list of 2759 /// methods in global pool and issues diagnostic on identical selectors which 2760 /// have mismathched types. 2761 void DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool(); 2762 2763 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2764 /// implementation. 2765 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2766 2767 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2768 /// initialization. 2769 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2770 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2771 2772 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2773 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2774public: 2775 class FullExprArg { 2776 public: 2777 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2778 2779 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2780 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2781 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2782 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2783 2784 ExprResult release() { 2785 return E; 2786 } 2787 2788 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2789 2790 Expr *operator->() { 2791 return E; 2792 } 2793 2794 private: 2795 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2796 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2797 friend class Sema; 2798 2799 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2800 2801 Expr *E; 2802 }; 2803 2804 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2805 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2806 } 2807 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2808 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2809 } 2810 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2811 ExprResult FE = 2812 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), 2813 /*DiscardedValue*/ true); 2814 return FullExprArg(FE.release()); 2815 } 2816 2817 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); 2818 StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError(); 2819 2820 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2821 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2822 2823 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2824 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2825 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2826 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr); 2827 2828 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2829 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2830 public: 2831 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2832 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2833 } 2834 2835 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2836 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2837 } 2838 2839 private: 2840 Sema &S; 2841 }; 2842 2843 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2844 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2845 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2846 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2847 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2848 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2849 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2850 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2851 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2852 2853 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2854 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2855 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2856 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2857 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2858 2859 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2860 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2861 Stmt *SubStmt); 2862 2863 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2864 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2865 Stmt *ThenVal, 2866 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2867 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2868 Expr *Cond, 2869 Decl *CondVar); 2870 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2871 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2872 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2873 FullExprArg Cond, 2874 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2875 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2876 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2877 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2878 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2879 2880 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2881 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2882 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2883 Decl *SecondVar, 2884 FullExprArg Third, 2885 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2886 Stmt *Body); 2887 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2888 Expr *collection); 2889 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2890 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2891 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2892 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2893 2894 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2895 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2896 BFRK_Build, 2897 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2898 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2899 BFRK_Rebuild, 2900 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2901 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2902 BFRK_Check 2903 }; 2904 2905 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2906 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2907 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2908 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2909 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2910 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2911 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2912 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2913 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2914 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2915 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2916 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2917 2918 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2919 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2920 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2921 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2922 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2923 Expr *DestExp); 2924 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2925 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2926 2927 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, 2928 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams); 2929 StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S); 2930 void ActOnCapturedRegionError(); 2931 RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD, 2932 SourceLocation Loc, 2933 unsigned NumParams); 2934 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2935 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2936 2937 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2938 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2939 2940 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2941 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2942 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2943 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2944 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2945 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2946 2947 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2948 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2949 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2950 InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info, 2951 bool IsUnevaluatedContext); 2952 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2953 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2954 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2955 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, 2956 StringRef AsmString, 2957 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, 2958 ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints, 2959 ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers, 2960 ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs, 2961 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2962 2963 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2964 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2965 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2966 bool Invalid = false); 2967 2968 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2969 2970 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2971 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2972 2973 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2974 2975 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2976 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2977 2978 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2979 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2980 Scope *CurScope); 2981 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2982 Expr *operand); 2983 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2984 Expr *SynchExpr, 2985 Stmt *SynchBody); 2986 2987 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2988 2989 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2990 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2991 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2992 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2993 2994 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2995 2996 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2997 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2998 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2999 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers); 3000 3001 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 3002 SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 3003 Stmt *Handler); 3004 3005 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 3006 Expr *FilterExpr, 3007 Stmt *Block); 3008 3009 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 3010 Stmt *Block); 3011 3012 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 3013 3014 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 3015 3016 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 3017 /// of it. 3018 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 3019 3020 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 3021 /// whose result is unused, warn. 3022 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 3023 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 3024 3025 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 3026 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 3027 /// 3028 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 3029 /// if (condition); 3030 /// do_stuff(); 3031 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3032 const Stmt *Body, 3033 unsigned DiagID); 3034 3035 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 3036 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 3037 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 3038 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 3039 3040 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 3041 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 3042 } 3043 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 3044 3045 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 3046 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 3047 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 3048 } 3049 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 3050 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 3051 } 3052 3053 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 3054 3055 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 3056 SourceLocation Loc, 3057 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 3058 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 3059 3060 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 3061 3062 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 3063 StringRef message); 3064 3065 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3066 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 3067 3068 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 3069 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 3070 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 3071 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 3072 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 3073 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 3074 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 3075 SourceLocation Loc); 3076 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 3077 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 3078 3079 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 3080 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 3081 bool IsDecltype = false); 3082 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 3083 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 3084 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 3085 bool IsDecltype = false); 3086 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 3087 3088 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 3089 3090 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 3091 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 3092 3093 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 3094 3095 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 3096 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 3097 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 3098 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 3099 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 3100 // named expressions. 3101 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse); 3102 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 3103 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 3104 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 3105 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 3106 3107 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 3108 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 3109 3110 enum TryCaptureKind { 3111 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 3112 }; 3113 3114 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 3115 /// 3116 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 3117 /// 3118 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 3119 /// 3120 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 3121 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 3122 /// 3123 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 3124 /// an explicit lambda capture. 3125 /// 3126 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 3127 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 3128 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 3129 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 3130 /// 3131 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 3132 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 3133 /// variable can be captured. 3134 /// 3135 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 3136 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 3137 /// captured. 3138 /// 3139 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 3140 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 3141 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 3142 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 3143 QualType &CaptureType, 3144 QualType &DeclRefType); 3145 3146 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 3147 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 3148 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 3149 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 3150 3151 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 3152 /// variable will have in the given scope. 3153 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 3154 3155 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 3156 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 3157 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 3158 3159 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 3160 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 3161 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 3162 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 3163 bool ForceComplain = false, 3164 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 3165 3166 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 3167 bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 3168 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 3169 3170 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 3171 /// evaluation context. 3172 /// 3173 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 3174 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 3175 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 3176 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 3177 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 3178 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 3179 3180 // Primary Expressions. 3181 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 3182 3183 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3184 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3185 UnqualifiedId &Id, 3186 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 3187 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0, 3188 bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false); 3189 3190 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 3191 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 3192 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3193 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 3194 3195 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 3196 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 3197 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 3198 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None); 3199 3200 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 3201 IdentifierInfo *II, 3202 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 3203 3204 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3205 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3206 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3207 bool isAddressOfOperand, 3208 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3209 3210 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3211 ExprValueKind VK, 3212 SourceLocation Loc, 3213 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 3214 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, 3215 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3216 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0, 3217 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0); 3218 ExprResult 3219 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference( 3220 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3221 SourceLocation nameLoc, 3222 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 3223 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(0, AS_none), 3224 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 3225 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 3226 3227 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3228 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3229 LookupResult &R, 3230 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3231 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3232 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3233 LookupResult &R, 3234 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3235 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 3236 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3237 const LookupResult &R, 3238 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3239 3240 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3241 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3242 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 3243 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3244 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3245 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3246 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3247 3248 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3249 LookupResult &R, 3250 bool NeedsADL); 3251 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr( 3252 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D, 3253 NamedDecl *FoundD = 0, const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0); 3254 3255 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 3256 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 3257 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 3258 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 3259 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 3260 3261 ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, 3262 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT); 3263 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3264 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 3265 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3266 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3267 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 3268 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 3269 SourceLocation R, 3270 MultiExprArg Val); 3271 3272 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 3273 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 3274 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 3275 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3276 3277 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3278 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3279 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3280 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3281 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes, 3282 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs); 3283 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3284 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3285 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3286 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3287 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types, 3288 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs); 3289 3290 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 3291 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 3292 Expr *InputExpr); 3293 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3294 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 3295 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3296 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 3297 3298 QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc); 3299 3300 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3301 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3302 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3303 SourceRange R); 3304 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3305 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3306 ExprResult 3307 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3308 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3309 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3310 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 3311 3312 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3313 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3314 3315 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3316 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3317 SourceRange ExprRange, 3318 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3319 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3320 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3321 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3322 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3323 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3324 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3325 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3326 3327 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3328 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3329 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3330 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3331 3332 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3333 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3334 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3335 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3336 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3337 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3338 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3339 3340 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3341 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3342 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3343 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3344 // defines a custom operator->). 3345 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3346 Scope *S; 3347 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3348 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3349 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3350 }; 3351 3352 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3353 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3354 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3355 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3356 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3357 LookupResult &R, 3358 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3359 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3360 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3361 3362 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3363 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3364 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3365 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3366 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3367 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3368 3369 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3370 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3371 const LookupResult &R); 3372 3373 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3374 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3375 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3376 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3377 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3378 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3379 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3380 3381 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3382 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3383 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3384 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3385 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3386 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3387 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3388 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3389 3390 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3391 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3392 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3393 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3394 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 3395 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3396 bool ExecConfig = false); 3397 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3398 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3399 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3400 3401 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3402 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3403 /// locations. 3404 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3405 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3406 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3407 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3408 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3409 ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg, 3410 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3411 Expr *Config = 0, 3412 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3413 3414 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3415 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3416 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3417 3418 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3419 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3420 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3421 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3422 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3423 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3424 Expr *Op); 3425 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3426 3427 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3428 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3429 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3430 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3431 3432 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3433 3434 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3435 ParsedType Ty, 3436 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3437 Expr *InitExpr); 3438 3439 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3440 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3441 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3442 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3443 3444 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3445 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3446 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3447 3448 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3449 SourceLocation Loc, 3450 bool GNUSyntax, 3451 ExprResult Init); 3452 3453 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3454 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3455 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3456 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3457 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3458 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3459 3460 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3461 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3462 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3463 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3464 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3465 3466 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3467 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3468 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3469 3470 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3471 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3472 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3473 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3474 3475 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3476 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3477 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3478 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3479 union { 3480 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3481 Expr *E; 3482 } U; 3483 }; 3484 3485 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3486 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3487 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3488 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3489 unsigned NumComponents, 3490 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3491 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3492 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3493 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3494 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3495 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3496 unsigned NumComponents, 3497 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3498 3499 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3500 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3501 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3502 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3503 3504 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3505 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3506 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3507 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3508 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3509 3510 // __null 3511 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3512 3513 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3514 3515 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3516 enum IfExistsResult { 3517 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3518 IER_Exists, 3519 3520 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3521 IER_DoesNotExist, 3522 3523 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3524 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3525 IER_Dependent, 3526 3527 /// \brief An error occurred. 3528 IER_Error 3529 }; 3530 3531 IfExistsResult 3532 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3533 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3534 3535 IfExistsResult 3536 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3537 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3538 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3539 3540 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3541 bool IsIfExists, 3542 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3543 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3544 Stmt *Nested); 3545 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3546 bool IsIfExists, 3547 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3548 Stmt *Nested); 3549 3550 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3551 3552 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3553 /// started. 3554 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3555 3556 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3557 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3558 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3559 Scope *CurScope); 3560 3561 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3562 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3563 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3564 3565 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3566 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3567 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3568 Scope *CurScope); 3569 3570 //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===// 3571 3572 /// __builtin_convertvector(...) 3573 ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3574 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3575 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3576 3577 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3578 3579 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3580 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3581 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3582 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3583 3584 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3585 3586 // Act on C++ namespaces 3587 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3588 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3589 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3590 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3591 SourceLocation LBrace, 3592 AttributeList *AttrList); 3593 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3594 3595 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3596 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3597 3598 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3599 3600 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3601 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3602 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3603 3604 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3605 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3606 /// 3607 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3608 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3609 3610 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3611 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3612 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3613 3614 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3615 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3616 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3617 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3618 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3619 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3620 AttributeList *AttrList); 3621 3622 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3623 3624 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3625 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3626 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3627 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3628 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3629 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3630 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3631 3632 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3633 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3634 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3635 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3636 NamedDecl *Target); 3637 3638 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3639 bool HasTypenameKeyword, 3640 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3641 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3642 const LookupResult &Previous); 3643 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3644 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3645 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3646 3647 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3648 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3649 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3650 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3651 AttributeList *AttrList, 3652 bool IsInstantiation, 3653 bool HasTypenameKeyword, 3654 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3655 3656 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3657 3658 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3659 AccessSpecifier AS, 3660 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3661 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3662 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3663 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3664 AttributeList *AttrList, 3665 bool HasTypenameKeyword, 3666 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3667 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3668 AccessSpecifier AS, 3669 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3670 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3671 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3672 AttributeList *AttrList, 3673 TypeResult Type); 3674 3675 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3676 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3677 /// 3678 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3679 ExprResult 3680 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3681 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3682 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, 3683 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3684 SourceRange ParenRange); 3685 3686 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3687 // the constructor can be elidable? 3688 ExprResult 3689 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3690 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3691 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3692 bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3693 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3694 3695 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3696 /// the default expr if needed. 3697 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3698 FunctionDecl *FD, 3699 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3700 3701 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3702 /// constructed variable. 3703 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3704 3705 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3706 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3707 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3708 // Pointer to allow copying 3709 Sema *Self; 3710 // We order exception specifications thus: 3711 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3712 // throw() comes next. 3713 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3714 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3715 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3716 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3717 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3718 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3719 3720 void ClearExceptions() { 3721 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3722 Exceptions.clear(); 3723 } 3724 3725 public: 3726 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3727 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3728 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 3729 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3730 } 3731 3732 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3733 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3734 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3735 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3736 return ComputedEST; 3737 } 3738 3739 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3740 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3741 3742 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3743 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3744 3745 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3746 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3747 3748 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3749 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3750 3751 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3752 /// computed exception specification. 3753 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3754 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3755 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3756 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3757 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3758 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3759 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3760 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3761 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3762 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3763 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3764 tok::kw_false).take(); 3765 } 3766 } 3767 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3768 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3769 getEPI(EPI); 3770 return EPI; 3771 } 3772 }; 3773 3774 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3775 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3776 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3777 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3778 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3779 3780 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3781 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3782 /// will be const. 3783 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3784 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3785 3786 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3787 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3788 /// parameter will be const. 3789 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3790 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3791 3792 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3793 /// constructor of a class will have. 3794 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3795 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3796 3797 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3798 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3799 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3800 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3801 3802 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3803 /// destructor of a class will have. 3804 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3805 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3806 3807 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting 3808 /// constructor of a class will have. 3809 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3810 ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 3811 3812 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3813 /// special member function. 3814 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3815 3816 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3817 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3818 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3819 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3820 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3821 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3822 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3823 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3824 3825 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3826 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3827 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3828 bool Diagnose = false); 3829 3830 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3831 /// 3832 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3833 /// default constructor will be added. 3834 /// 3835 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3836 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3837 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3838 3839 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3840 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3841 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3842 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3843 3844 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3845 /// 3846 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3847 /// destructor will be added. 3848 /// 3849 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3850 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3851 3852 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3853 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3854 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3855 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3856 3857 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3858 /// 3859 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3860 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3861 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3862 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3863 3864 /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class. 3865 /// 3866 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting 3867 /// constructors will be added. 3868 void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3869 3870 /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor. 3871 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc, 3872 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3873 3874 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3875 /// 3876 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3877 /// copy constructor will be added. 3878 /// 3879 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3880 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3881 3882 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3883 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3884 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3885 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3886 3887 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3888 /// 3889 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3890 /// move constructor will be added. 3891 /// 3892 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3893 /// declared. 3894 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3895 3896 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3897 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3898 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3899 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3900 3901 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3902 /// 3903 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3904 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3905 /// 3906 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3907 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3908 3909 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3910 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3911 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3912 3913 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3914 /// 3915 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3916 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3917 /// 3918 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3919 /// wasn't declared. 3920 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3921 3922 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3923 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3924 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3925 3926 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3927 /// class. 3928 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3929 3930 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3931 /// special member function. 3932 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3933 3934 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3935 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3936 /// 3937 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3938 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3939 3940 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3941 /// member function. 3942 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3943 3944 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3945 /// static member function. 3946 /// 3947 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3948 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3949 3950 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3951 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3952 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3953 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3954 3955 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3956 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3957 SourceLocation Loc, 3958 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3959 bool AllowExplicit = false, 3960 bool IsListInitialization = false); 3961 3962 ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3963 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3964 IdentifierInfo &Name); 3965 3966 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3967 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3968 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3969 ParsedType ObjectType, 3970 bool EnteringContext); 3971 3972 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3973 3974 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3975 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3976 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3977 3978 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3979 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3980 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3981 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3982 Declarator &D, 3983 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3984 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3985 Expr *E, 3986 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3987 3988 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3989 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3990 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3991 Expr *E, 3992 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3993 SourceRange Parens); 3994 3995 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3996 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3997 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3998 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3999 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 4000 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 4001 Expr *Operand, 4002 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4003 4004 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 4005 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 4006 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 4007 void *TyOrExpr, 4008 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4009 4010 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 4011 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 4012 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 4013 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4014 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 4015 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 4016 Expr *Operand, 4017 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4018 4019 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 4020 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 4021 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 4022 void *TyOrExpr, 4023 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4024 4025 4026 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 4027 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 4028 4029 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 4030 /// 4031 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 4032 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 4033 4034 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 4035 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 4036 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 4037 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 4038 4039 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 4040 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 4041 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 4042 Sema &S; 4043 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 4044 bool Enabled; 4045 4046 public: 4047 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 4048 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 4049 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 4050 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 4051 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 4052 bool Enabled = true); 4053 4054 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 4055 }; 4056 4057 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 4058 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 4059 /// 4060 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 4061 /// 4062 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 4063 /// capture list. 4064 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 4065 4066 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 4067 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 4068 /// being defined. 4069 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 4070 4071 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 4072 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 4073 4074 4075 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 4076 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 4077 4078 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 4079 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 4080 4081 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 4082 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 4083 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 4084 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 4085 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 4086 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 4087 4088 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 4089 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 4090 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 4091 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 4092 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 4093 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4094 MultiExprArg Exprs, 4095 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4096 4097 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 4098 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4099 MultiExprArg Exprs, 4100 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4101 4102 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 4103 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 4104 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 4105 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 4106 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 4107 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 4108 Expr *Initializer); 4109 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 4110 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 4111 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 4112 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 4113 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 4114 QualType AllocType, 4115 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 4116 Expr *ArraySize, 4117 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 4118 Expr *Initializer, 4119 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 4120 4121 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 4122 SourceRange R); 4123 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 4124 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 4125 MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, 4126 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 4127 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 4128 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 4129 DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args, 4130 DeclContext *Ctx, 4131 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 4132 bool Diagnose = true); 4133 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 4134 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 4135 QualType Param1, 4136 QualType Param2 = QualType(), 4137 bool addMallocAttr = false); 4138 4139 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 4140 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 4141 bool Diagnose = true); 4142 FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, 4143 bool CanProvideSize, 4144 DeclarationName Name); 4145 4146 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 4147 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 4148 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 4149 Expr *Operand); 4150 4151 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 4152 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 4153 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 4154 bool ConvertToBoolean); 4155 4156 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 4157 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 4158 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 4159 SourceLocation RParen); 4160 4161 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4162 /// pseudo-functions. 4163 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 4164 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4165 ParsedType Ty, 4166 SourceLocation RParen); 4167 4168 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 4169 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4170 TypeSourceInfo *T, 4171 SourceLocation RParen); 4172 4173 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4174 /// pseudo-functions. 4175 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 4176 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4177 ParsedType LhsTy, 4178 ParsedType RhsTy, 4179 SourceLocation RParen); 4180 4181 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 4182 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4183 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 4184 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 4185 SourceLocation RParen); 4186 4187 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 4188 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4189 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4190 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4191 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4192 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4193 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4194 4195 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4196 /// pseudo-functions. 4197 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4198 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4199 ParsedType LhsTy, 4200 Expr *DimExpr, 4201 SourceLocation RParen); 4202 4203 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4204 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4205 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4206 Expr *DimExpr, 4207 SourceLocation RParen); 4208 4209 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4210 /// pseudo-functions. 4211 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4212 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4213 Expr *Queried, 4214 SourceLocation RParen); 4215 4216 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4217 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4218 Expr *Queried, 4219 SourceLocation RParen); 4220 4221 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 4222 Expr *Base, 4223 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4224 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4225 ParsedType &ObjectType, 4226 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 4227 4228 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 4229 4230 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 4231 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4232 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4233 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4234 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 4235 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4236 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4237 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 4238 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4239 4240 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4241 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4242 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4243 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4244 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 4245 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4246 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4247 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 4248 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4249 4250 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4251 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4252 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4253 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4254 const DeclSpec& DS, 4255 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4256 4257 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 4258 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 4259 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 4260 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 4261 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 4262 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 4263 4264 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 4265 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 4266 : SourceLocation()); 4267 } 4268 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, 4269 bool DiscardedValue = false, 4270 bool IsConstexpr = false); 4271 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 4272 4273 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 4274 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 4275 4276 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 4277 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4278 bool EnteringContext = false); 4279 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4280 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4281 4282 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 4283 /// 4284 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4285 /// 4286 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4287 /// 4288 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 4289 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 4290 /// 4291 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4292 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 4293 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4294 4295 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD); 4296 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4297 4298 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4299 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4300 IdentifierInfo &II, 4301 ParsedType ObjectType); 4302 4303 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4304 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4305 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4306 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4307 QualType ObjectType, 4308 bool EnteringContext, 4309 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4310 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 4311 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 4312 4313 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 4314 /// 4315 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4316 /// 4317 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 4318 /// 4319 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 4320 /// 4321 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4322 /// 4323 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 4324 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 4325 /// 4326 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 4327 /// this nested-name-specifier. 4328 /// 4329 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4330 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4331 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4332 /// including this new type). 4333 /// 4334 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4335 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4336 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4337 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4338 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4339 ParsedType ObjectType, 4340 bool EnteringContext, 4341 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4342 4343 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4344 4345 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4346 const DeclSpec &DS, 4347 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4348 4349 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4350 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4351 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4352 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4353 ParsedType ObjectType, 4354 bool EnteringContext); 4355 4356 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4357 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4358 /// 4359 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4360 /// 4361 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4362 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4363 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4364 /// including this new type). 4365 /// 4366 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4367 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4368 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4369 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4370 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4371 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4372 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4373 /// 4374 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4375 /// nested-name-specifier. 4376 /// 4377 /// 4378 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4379 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4380 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4381 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4382 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4383 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4384 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4385 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4386 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4387 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4388 bool EnteringContext); 4389 4390 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4391 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4392 /// nested-name-specifier. 4393 /// 4394 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4395 /// 4396 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4397 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4398 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4399 4400 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4401 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4402 /// 4403 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4404 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4405 /// 4406 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4407 /// 4408 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4409 /// of the annotation pointer. 4410 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4411 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4412 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4413 4414 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4415 4416 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4417 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4418 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4419 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4420 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4421 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4422 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4423 4424 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4425 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4426 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4427 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4428 /// defining scope. 4429 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4430 4431 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4432 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4433 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4434 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4435 /// class X. 4436 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4437 4438 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4439 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4440 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4441 4442 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4443 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4444 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4445 bool KnownDependent); 4446 4447 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4448 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4449 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4450 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4451 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4452 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4453 4454 /// \brief Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties. 4455 void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, 4456 CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4457 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4458 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4459 SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc, 4460 bool ExplicitParams, 4461 bool ExplicitResultType, 4462 bool Mutable); 4463 4464 /// \brief Check an init-capture and build the implied variable declaration 4465 /// with the specified name and initializer. 4466 VarDecl *checkInitCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, 4467 IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *Init); 4468 4469 /// \brief Build the implicit field for an init-capture. 4470 FieldDecl *buildInitCaptureField(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var); 4471 4472 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4473 /// given lambda. 4474 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4475 4476 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4477 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4478 4479 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4480 /// statements present in the body. 4481 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4482 4483 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4484 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4485 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4486 /// lambda. 4487 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4488 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4489 4490 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4491 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4492 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4493 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4494 4495 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4496 /// was successfully completed. 4497 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4498 Scope *CurScope, 4499 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4500 4501 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4502 /// function pointer. 4503 /// 4504 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4505 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4506 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4507 /// block pointer conversion. 4508 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4509 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4510 4511 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4512 /// block pointer. 4513 /// 4514 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4515 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4516 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4517 /// block pointer conversion. 4518 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4519 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4520 4521 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4522 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4523 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4524 Expr *Src); 4525 4526 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4527 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4528 Expr **Strings, 4529 unsigned NumStrings); 4530 4531 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4532 4533 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4534 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4535 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4536 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4537 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4538 bool Value); 4539 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4540 4541 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4542 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4543 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4544 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4545 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4546 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4547 4548 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4549 Expr *IndexExpr, 4550 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4551 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4552 4553 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4554 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4555 unsigned NumElements); 4556 4557 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4558 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4559 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4560 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4561 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4562 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4563 4564 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4565 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4566 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4567 ParsedType Ty, 4568 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4569 4570 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4571 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4572 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4573 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4574 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4575 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4576 4577 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4578 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4579 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4580 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4581 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4582 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4583 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4584 4585 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4586 // C++ Declarations 4587 // 4588 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4589 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4590 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4591 StringRef Lang, 4592 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4593 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4594 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4595 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4596 4597 4598 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4599 // C++ Classes 4600 // 4601 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4602 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4603 4604 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4605 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4606 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4607 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4608 4609 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4610 Declarator &D, 4611 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4612 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4613 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4614 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4615 Expr *Init); 4616 4617 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4618 Scope *S, 4619 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4620 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4621 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4622 const DeclSpec &DS, 4623 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4624 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4625 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 4626 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4627 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4628 4629 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4630 Scope *S, 4631 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4632 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4633 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4634 const DeclSpec &DS, 4635 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4636 Expr *InitList, 4637 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4638 4639 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4640 Scope *S, 4641 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4642 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4643 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4644 const DeclSpec &DS, 4645 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4646 Expr *Init, 4647 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4648 4649 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4650 Expr *Init, 4651 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4652 4653 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4654 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4655 Expr *Init, 4656 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4657 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4658 4659 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4660 Expr *Init, 4661 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4662 4663 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4664 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4665 4666 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, 4667 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None); 4668 4669 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4670 4671 4672 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4673 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4674 /// referenced. 4675 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4676 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4677 4678 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4679 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4680 /// first use occurred. 4681 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4682 4683 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4684 /// materialized. 4685 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4686 4687 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4688 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4689 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4690 /// by code generation). 4691 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4692 4693 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4694 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4695 4696 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4697 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4698 DynamicClassesType; 4699 4700 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4701 /// unit. 4702 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4703 4704 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4705 /// given location. 4706 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4707 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4708 4709 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4710 /// in the given class as needed. 4711 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4712 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4713 4714 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4715 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4716 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4717 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4718 4719 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4720 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4721 /// vtables. 4722 /// 4723 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4724 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4725 4726 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4727 4728 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4729 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4730 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, 4731 bool AnyErrors); 4732 4733 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4734 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4735 Decl *TagDecl, 4736 SourceLocation LBrac, 4737 SourceLocation RBrac, 4738 AttributeList *AttrList); 4739 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4740 4741 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4742 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4743 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4744 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4745 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4746 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4747 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4748 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4749 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD, 4750 CachedTokens &Toks); 4751 void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD); 4752 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4753 4754 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4755 Expr *AssertExpr, 4756 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4757 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4758 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4759 Expr *AssertExpr, 4760 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4761 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4762 bool Failed); 4763 4764 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4765 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4766 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4767 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4768 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4769 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4770 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4771 4772 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4773 StorageClass& SC); 4774 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4775 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4776 StorageClass& SC); 4777 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4778 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4779 StorageClass& SC); 4780 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4781 4782 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4783 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4784 const FunctionProtoType *T); 4785 void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs(); 4786 4787 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4788 // C++ Derived Classes 4789 // 4790 4791 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4792 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4793 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4794 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4795 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4796 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4797 4798 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4799 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4800 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 4801 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4802 ParsedType basetype, 4803 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4804 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4805 4806 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4807 unsigned NumBases); 4808 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4809 unsigned NumBases); 4810 4811 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4812 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4813 4814 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4815 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4816 4817 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4818 4819 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4820 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4821 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4822 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4823 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4824 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4825 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4826 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4827 DeclarationName Name, 4828 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4829 4830 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4831 4832 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4833 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4834 4835 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4836 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4837 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4838 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4839 4840 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4841 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4842 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4843 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4844 4845 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4846 4847 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4848 void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D); 4849 4850 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4851 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4852 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4853 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4854 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4855 4856 4857 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4858 // C++ Access Control 4859 // 4860 4861 enum AccessResult { 4862 AR_accessible, 4863 AR_inaccessible, 4864 AR_dependent, 4865 AR_delayed 4866 }; 4867 4868 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4869 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4870 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4871 4872 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4873 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4874 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4875 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4876 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4877 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4878 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4879 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4880 bool Diagnose = true); 4881 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4882 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4883 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4884 AccessSpecifier Access, 4885 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4886 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4887 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4888 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4889 AccessSpecifier Access, 4890 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4891 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4892 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4893 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4894 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4895 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4896 AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc, 4897 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4898 DeclAccessPair Found); 4899 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4900 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4901 Expr *ArgExpr, 4902 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4903 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4904 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4905 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4906 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4907 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4908 unsigned DiagID, 4909 bool ForceCheck = false, 4910 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4911 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4912 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4913 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4914 AccessSpecifier access, 4915 QualType objectType); 4916 4917 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4918 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4919 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4920 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4921 4922 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4923 4924 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4925 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4926 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4927 4928 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4929 AbstractNone = -1, 4930 AbstractReturnType, 4931 AbstractParamType, 4932 AbstractVariableType, 4933 AbstractFieldType, 4934 AbstractIvarType, 4935 AbstractSynthesizedIvarType, 4936 AbstractArrayType 4937 }; 4938 4939 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4940 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4941 template<typename T1> 4942 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4943 unsigned DiagID, 4944 const T1 &Arg1) { 4945 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4946 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4947 } 4948 4949 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4950 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4951 unsigned DiagID, 4952 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4953 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4954 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4955 } 4956 4957 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4958 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4959 unsigned DiagID, 4960 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4961 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4962 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4963 } 4964 4965 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4966 4967 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4968 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4969 4970 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4971 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4972 // 4973 4974 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4975 4976 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4977 4978 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4979 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4980 // 4981 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4982 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4983 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4984 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4985 4986 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4987 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4988 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4989 4990 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4991 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4992 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4993 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4994 ParsedType ObjectType, 4995 bool EnteringContext, 4996 TemplateTy &Template, 4997 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4998 4999 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 5000 SourceLocation IILoc, 5001 Scope *S, 5002 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 5003 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 5004 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 5005 5006 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 5007 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 5008 5009 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 5010 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5011 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 5012 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 5013 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 5014 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 5015 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 5016 ParsedType DefaultArg); 5017 5018 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 5019 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5020 unsigned Depth, 5021 unsigned Position, 5022 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 5023 Expr *DefaultArg); 5024 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 5025 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 5026 TemplateParameterList *Params, 5027 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5028 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 5029 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 5030 unsigned Depth, 5031 unsigned Position, 5032 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 5033 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 5034 5035 TemplateParameterList * 5036 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 5037 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 5038 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5039 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5040 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 5041 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5042 5043 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list. 5044 enum TemplateParamListContext { 5045 TPC_ClassTemplate, 5046 TPC_VarTemplate, 5047 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 5048 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 5049 TPC_FriendClassTemplate, 5050 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 5051 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 5052 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 5053 }; 5054 5055 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 5056 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 5057 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 5058 TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5059 SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc, 5060 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists, 5061 bool IsFriend, bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, bool &Invalid); 5062 5063 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5064 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5065 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 5066 AttributeList *Attr, 5067 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 5068 AccessSpecifier AS, 5069 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 5070 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 5071 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 5072 5073 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 5074 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 5075 5076 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 5077 5078 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 5079 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5080 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 5081 5082 TypeResult 5083 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5084 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5085 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5086 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5087 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5088 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 5089 5090 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 5091 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 5092 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 5093 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 5094 SourceLocation TagLoc, 5095 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5096 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5097 TemplateTy TemplateD, 5098 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5099 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5100 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 5101 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5102 5103 DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5104 Scope *S, VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI, 5105 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 5106 StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization); 5107 5108 DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template, 5109 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5110 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5111 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 5112 5113 ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5114 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5115 VarTemplateDecl *Template, 5116 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5117 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 5118 5119 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5120 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5121 LookupResult &R, 5122 bool RequiresADL, 5123 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 5124 5125 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5126 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5127 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5128 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 5129 5130 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 5131 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5132 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5133 UnqualifiedId &Name, 5134 ParsedType ObjectType, 5135 bool EnteringContext, 5136 TemplateTy &Template); 5137 5138 DeclResult 5139 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5140 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5141 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 5142 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5143 TemplateTy Template, 5144 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5145 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5146 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5147 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5148 AttributeList *Attr, 5149 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 5150 5151 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 5152 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5153 Declarator &D); 5154 5155 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 5156 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5157 Declarator &D); 5158 5159 bool 5160 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 5161 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 5162 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 5163 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 5164 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 5165 bool &SuppressNew); 5166 5167 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 5168 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5169 LookupResult &Previous); 5170 5171 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 5172 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5173 LookupResult &Previous); 5174 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 5175 5176 DeclResult 5177 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5178 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5179 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5180 unsigned TagSpec, 5181 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5182 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5183 TemplateTy Template, 5184 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5185 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5186 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5187 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5188 AttributeList *Attr); 5189 5190 DeclResult 5191 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5192 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5193 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5194 unsigned TagSpec, 5195 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5196 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5197 IdentifierInfo *Name, 5198 SourceLocation NameLoc, 5199 AttributeList *Attr); 5200 5201 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5202 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5203 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5204 Declarator &D); 5205 5206 TemplateArgumentLoc 5207 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 5208 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5209 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5210 Decl *Param, 5211 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> 5212 &Converted, 5213 bool &HasDefaultArg); 5214 5215 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 5216 /// argument is being checked. 5217 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 5218 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 5219 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 5220 CTAK_Specified, 5221 5222 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 5223 /// deduction. 5224 CTAK_Deduced, 5225 5226 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 5227 /// via template argument deduction. 5228 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 5229 }; 5230 5231 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 5232 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5233 NamedDecl *Template, 5234 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5235 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5236 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 5237 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5238 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5239 5240 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 5241 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 5242 /// 5243 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 5244 /// provided. 5245 /// 5246 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 5247 /// 5248 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 5249 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 5250 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 5251 /// arguments. 5252 /// 5253 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 5254 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 5255 /// set of template arguments. 5256 /// 5257 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 5258 /// arguments. 5259 /// 5260 /// 5261 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 5262 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 5263 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 5264 /// 5265 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5266 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 5267 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5268 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 5269 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 5270 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5271 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 5272 5273 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5274 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5275 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5276 5277 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5278 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 5279 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5280 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 5281 TemplateArgument &Converted, 5282 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5283 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5284 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5285 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 5286 5287 ExprResult 5288 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5289 QualType ParamType, 5290 SourceLocation Loc); 5291 ExprResult 5292 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5293 SourceLocation Loc); 5294 5295 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 5296 /// for equality. 5297 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 5298 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 5299 /// that might be redeclarations. 5300 /// 5301 /// \code 5302 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5303 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5304 /// \endcode 5305 TPL_TemplateMatch, 5306 5307 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 5308 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 5309 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 5310 /// 5311 /// \code 5312 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 5313 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 5314 /// \endcode 5315 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 5316 5317 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 5318 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 5319 /// template parameter. 5320 /// 5321 /// \code 5322 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 5323 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 5324 /// X<integer_c> xic; 5325 /// \endcode 5326 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 5327 }; 5328 5329 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 5330 TemplateParameterList *Old, 5331 bool Complain, 5332 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 5333 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 5334 = SourceLocation()); 5335 5336 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 5337 5338 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5339 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 5340 /// 5341 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5342 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5343 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5344 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 5345 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 5346 TypeResult 5347 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5348 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 5349 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5350 5351 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5352 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 5353 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 5354 /// 5355 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5356 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5357 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5358 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 5359 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 5360 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 5361 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5362 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5363 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5364 TypeResult 5365 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5366 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5367 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5368 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5369 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5370 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5371 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5372 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5373 5374 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5375 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5376 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5377 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5378 SourceLocation IILoc); 5379 5380 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5381 SourceLocation Loc, 5382 DeclarationName Name); 5383 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5384 5385 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5386 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5387 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5388 5389 std::string 5390 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5391 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5392 5393 std::string 5394 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5395 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5396 unsigned NumArgs); 5397 5398 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5399 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5400 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5401 5402 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5403 /// being diagnosed. 5404 /// 5405 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5406 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5407 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5408 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5409 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5410 5411 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5412 UPPC_BaseType, 5413 5414 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5415 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5416 5417 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5418 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5419 5420 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5421 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5422 5423 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5424 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5425 5426 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5427 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5428 5429 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5430 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5431 5432 /// \brief A using declaration. 5433 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5434 5435 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5436 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5437 5438 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5439 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5440 5441 /// \brief An initializer. 5442 UPPC_Initializer, 5443 5444 /// \brief A default argument. 5445 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5446 5447 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5448 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5449 5450 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5451 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5452 5453 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5454 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5455 5456 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5457 UPPC_IfExists, 5458 5459 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5460 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5461 5462 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5463 UPPC_Lambda, 5464 5465 /// \brief Block expression, 5466 UPPC_Block 5467 }; 5468 5469 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5470 /// 5471 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5472 /// 5473 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5474 /// parameter packs. 5475 /// 5476 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5477 /// 5478 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5479 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5480 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5481 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5482 5483 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5484 /// diagnose the error. 5485 /// 5486 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5487 /// 5488 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5489 /// packs. 5490 /// 5491 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5492 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5493 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5494 5495 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5496 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5497 /// 5498 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5499 /// parameter packs. 5500 /// 5501 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5502 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5503 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5504 5505 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5506 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5507 /// 5508 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5509 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5510 /// 5511 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5512 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5513 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5514 5515 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5516 /// diagnose the error. 5517 /// 5518 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5519 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5520 /// 5521 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5522 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5523 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5524 5525 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5526 /// diagnose the error. 5527 /// 5528 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5529 /// 5530 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5531 /// parameter packs. 5532 /// 5533 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5534 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5535 TemplateName Template, 5536 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5537 5538 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5539 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5540 /// 5541 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5542 /// parameter packs. 5543 /// 5544 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5545 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5546 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5547 5548 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5549 /// template argument. 5550 /// 5551 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5552 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5553 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5554 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5555 5556 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5557 /// template argument. 5558 /// 5559 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5560 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5561 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5562 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5563 5564 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5565 /// type. 5566 /// 5567 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5568 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5569 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5570 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5571 5572 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5573 /// type. 5574 /// 5575 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5576 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5577 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5578 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5579 5580 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5581 /// nested-name-specifier. 5582 /// 5583 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5584 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5585 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5586 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5587 5588 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5589 /// name. 5590 /// 5591 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5592 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5593 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5594 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5595 5596 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5597 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5598 /// 5599 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5600 /// may already be invalid. 5601 /// 5602 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5603 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5604 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5605 5606 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5607 /// creates a pack expansion. 5608 /// 5609 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5610 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5611 /// 5612 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5613 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5614 5615 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5616 /// expansion. 5617 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5618 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5619 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5620 5621 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5622 /// expansion. 5623 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5624 SourceRange PatternRange, 5625 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5626 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5627 5628 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5629 /// creates a pack expansion. 5630 /// 5631 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5632 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5633 /// 5634 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5635 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5636 5637 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5638 /// creates a pack expansion. 5639 /// 5640 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5641 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5642 /// 5643 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5644 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5645 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5646 5647 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5648 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5649 /// transforming the pattern. 5650 /// 5651 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5652 /// pack expansion. 5653 /// 5654 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5655 /// the pack expansion. 5656 /// 5657 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5658 /// pattern. 5659 /// 5660 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5661 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5662 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5663 /// 5664 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5665 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5666 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5667 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5668 /// 5669 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5670 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5671 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5672 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5673 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5674 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5675 /// set this value in other cases. 5676 /// 5677 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5678 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5679 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5680 /// must be set. 5681 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5682 SourceRange PatternRange, 5683 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5684 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5685 bool &ShouldExpand, 5686 bool &RetainExpansion, 5687 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5688 5689 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5690 /// type. 5691 /// 5692 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5693 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5694 /// 5695 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5696 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5697 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5698 5699 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5700 /// parameter packs. 5701 /// 5702 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5703 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5704 /// 5705 /// \code 5706 /// void f(T...); 5707 /// \endcode 5708 /// 5709 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5710 /// a variadic function. 5711 /// 5712 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5713 /// false otherwise. 5714 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5715 5716 /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument. 5717 /// 5718 /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand. 5719 /// 5720 /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis. 5721 /// 5722 /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will 5723 /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori. 5724 TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern( 5725 TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc, 5726 SourceLocation &Ellipsis, 5727 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const; 5728 5729 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5730 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5731 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5732 5733 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5734 /// 5735 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5736 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5737 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5738 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5739 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5740 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5741 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5742 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5743 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5744 TDK_Success = 0, 5745 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5746 TDK_Invalid, 5747 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5748 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5749 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5750 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5751 /// for every template parameter. 5752 TDK_Incomplete, 5753 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5754 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5755 TDK_Inconsistent, 5756 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5757 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5758 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5759 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5760 TDK_Underqualified, 5761 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5762 /// resulted in an error. 5763 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5764 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the 5765 /// corresponding component of the argument. 5766 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5767 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5768 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5769 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5770 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5771 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5772 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5773 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5774 /// template arguments for the given template. 5775 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5776 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5777 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5778 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution, 5779 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know. 5780 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure 5781 }; 5782 5783 TemplateDeductionResult 5784 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5785 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5786 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5787 5788 TemplateDeductionResult 5789 DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5790 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5791 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5792 5793 TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments( 5794 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5795 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5796 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5797 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType, 5798 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5799 5800 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5801 // deduction for a call. 5802 struct OriginalCallArg { 5803 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5804 unsigned ArgIdx, 5805 QualType OriginalArgType) 5806 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5807 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5808 5809 QualType OriginalParamType; 5810 unsigned ArgIdx; 5811 QualType OriginalArgType; 5812 }; 5813 5814 TemplateDeductionResult 5815 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5816 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5817 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5818 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5819 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5820 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5821 5822 TemplateDeductionResult 5823 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5824 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5825 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5826 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5827 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5828 5829 TemplateDeductionResult 5830 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5831 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5832 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5833 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5834 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5835 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 5836 5837 TemplateDeductionResult 5838 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5839 QualType ToType, 5840 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5841 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5842 5843 TemplateDeductionResult 5844 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5845 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5846 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5847 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5848 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 5849 5850 /// \brief Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto 5851 QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); 5852 /// \brief Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto 5853 TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto, 5854 QualType Replacement); 5855 5856 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5857 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5858 DAR_Succeeded, 5859 DAR_Failed, 5860 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5861 }; 5862 5863 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5864 QualType &Result); 5865 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, 5866 QualType &Result); 5867 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5868 bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, 5869 bool Diagnose = true); 5870 5871 bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD, 5872 SourceLocation ReturnLoc, 5873 Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT); 5874 5875 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5876 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5877 SourceLocation Loc, 5878 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5879 unsigned NumCallArguments1, 5880 unsigned NumCallArguments2); 5881 UnresolvedSetIterator 5882 getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5883 TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates, 5884 SourceLocation Loc, 5885 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5886 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5887 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5888 bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5889 5890 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5891 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5892 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5893 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5894 SourceLocation Loc); 5895 5896 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5897 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5898 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc); 5899 5900 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5901 bool OnlyDeduced, 5902 unsigned Depth, 5903 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5904 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( 5905 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5906 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5907 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5908 } 5909 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5910 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5911 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5912 5913 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5914 // C++ Template Instantiation 5915 // 5916 5917 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5918 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5919 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5920 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5921 5922 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5923 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5924 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5925 enum InstantiationKind { 5926 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5927 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5928 TemplateInstantiation, 5929 5930 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5931 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5932 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5933 /// arguments as specified. 5934 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5935 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5936 5937 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5938 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5939 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5940 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5941 5942 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5943 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5944 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5945 5946 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5947 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5948 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5949 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5950 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5951 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5952 5953 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5954 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5955 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5956 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5957 5958 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5959 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5960 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5961 5962 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5963 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5964 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5965 } Kind; 5966 5967 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5968 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5969 5970 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5971 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5972 /// arguments. 5973 NamedDecl *Template; 5974 5975 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5976 Decl *Entity; 5977 5978 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5979 /// are not part of the entity. 5980 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5981 5982 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5983 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5984 5985 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5986 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5987 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5988 5989 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5990 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5991 /// template instantiation. 5992 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5993 5994 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5995 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5996 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5997 5998 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5999 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 6000 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 6001 6002 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 6003 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 6004 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 6005 return false; 6006 6007 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 6008 return false; 6009 6010 switch (X.Kind) { 6011 case TemplateInstantiation: 6012 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 6013 return true; 6014 6015 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 6016 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 6017 return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 6018 6019 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 6020 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 6021 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 6022 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 6023 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 6024 6025 } 6026 6027 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 6028 } 6029 6030 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 6031 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 6032 return !(X == Y); 6033 } 6034 }; 6035 6036 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 6037 /// 6038 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 6039 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 6040 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 6041 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 6042 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 6043 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 6044 6045 /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template 6046 /// instantiation. Computed lazily. 6047 SmallVector<Module*, 16> ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules; 6048 6049 /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup 6050 /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use 6051 /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set. 6052 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache; 6053 6054 /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during 6055 /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a 6056 /// template defined within it. 6057 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules(); 6058 6059 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 6060 /// template instantiation. 6061 /// 6062 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 6063 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 6064 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6065 6066 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 6067 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 6068 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 6069 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 6070 6071 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 6072 /// error or warning was produced. 6073 /// 6074 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 6075 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 6076 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 6077 /// to implement it anywhere else. 6078 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 6079 6080 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 6081 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 6082 /// 6083 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 6084 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 6085 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 6086 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 6087 6088 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 6089 /// within a \c Sema object. 6090 /// 6091 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 6092 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 6093 Sema &Self; 6094 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 6095 6096 public: 6097 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 6098 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 6099 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 6100 } 6101 6102 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 6103 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 6104 } 6105 }; 6106 6107 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 6108 6109 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 6110 /// 6111 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 6112 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 6113 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 6114 6115 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 6116 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 6117 /// deduction. 6118 /// 6119 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 6120 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 6121 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap; 6122 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics; 6123 6124 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 6125 /// instantiation. 6126 /// 6127 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 6128 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 6129 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 6130 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 6131 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 6132 /// 6133 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 6134 /// the stack. 6135 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 6136 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 6137 /// function template, or a member thereof. 6138 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6139 Decl *Entity, 6140 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6141 6142 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 6143 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 6144 /// of a function template. 6145 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6146 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 6147 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6148 6149 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 6150 /// template-id. 6151 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6152 TemplateDecl *Template, 6153 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6154 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6155 6156 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 6157 /// template-id. 6158 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6159 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 6160 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6161 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 6162 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 6163 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6164 6165 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 6166 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 6167 /// specialization. 6168 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6169 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 6170 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6171 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 6172 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6173 6174 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 6175 /// argument deduction for a variable template partial 6176 /// specialization. 6177 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6178 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 6179 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6180 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 6181 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6182 6183 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6184 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6185 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6186 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6187 6188 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 6189 /// non-type or template template parameter. 6190 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6191 NamedDecl *Template, 6192 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6193 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6194 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6195 6196 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6197 NamedDecl *Template, 6198 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6199 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6200 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6201 6202 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 6203 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 6204 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6205 TemplateDecl *Template, 6206 NamedDecl *Param, 6207 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6208 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6209 6210 6211 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 6212 void Clear(); 6213 6214 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 6215 6216 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 6217 /// recursive template instantiations. 6218 LLVM_EXPLICIT operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 6219 6220 private: 6221 Sema &SemaRef; 6222 bool Invalid; 6223 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6224 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6225 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6226 6227 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 6228 6229 InstantiatingTemplate& 6230 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 6231 }; 6232 6233 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 6234 6235 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 6236 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 6237 /// errors. 6238 /// 6239 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 6240 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 6241 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 6242 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 6243 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 6244 6245 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 6246 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 6247 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 6248 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 6249 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 6250 return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated(); 6251 } 6252 6253 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 6254 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 6255 /// deduction. 6256 class SFINAETrap { 6257 Sema &SemaRef; 6258 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 6259 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6260 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6261 6262 public: 6263 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 6264 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 6265 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 6266 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 6267 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 6268 { 6269 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 6270 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 6271 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 6272 } 6273 6274 ~SFINAETrap() { 6275 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 6276 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 6277 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6278 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6279 } 6280 6281 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 6282 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 6283 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 6284 } 6285 }; 6286 6287 /// \brief RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional 6288 /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so 6289 /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within 6290 /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed. 6291 class TentativeAnalysisScope { 6292 Sema &SemaRef; 6293 // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack. 6294 SFINAETrap Trap; 6295 bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection; 6296 public: 6297 explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef) 6298 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true), 6299 PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) { 6300 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true; 6301 } 6302 ~TentativeAnalysisScope() { 6303 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection; 6304 } 6305 }; 6306 6307 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 6308 /// variables. 6309 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 6310 6311 /// \brief Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is 6312 /// disabled. 6313 bool DisableTypoCorrection; 6314 6315 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 6316 unsigned TyposCorrected; 6317 6318 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 6319 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 6320 6321 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 6322 /// name lookup. 6323 /// 6324 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 6325 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 6326 /// string represents a keyword. 6327 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 6328 6329 typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet; 6330 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations; 6331 6332 /// \brief A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and 6333 /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a 6334 /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it. 6335 IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures; 6336 6337 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 6338 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 6339 6340 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 6341 /// 6342 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 6343 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 6344 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 6345 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 6346 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 6347 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 6348 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 6349 6350 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6351 /// but have not yet been performed. 6352 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 6353 6354 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6355 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 6356 /// 6357 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 6358 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 6359 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 6360 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 6361 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 6362 6363 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 6364 6365 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6366 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6367 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6368 6369 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 6370 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6371 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6372 6373 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 6374 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6375 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6376 6377 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6378 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6379 SourceLocation Loc, 6380 DeclarationName Entity, 6381 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 6382 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 6383 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 6384 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6385 int indexAdjustment, 6386 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 6387 bool ExpectParameterPack); 6388 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 6389 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 6390 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6391 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 6392 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 6393 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 6394 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6395 6396 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 6397 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 6398 /// 6399 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 6400 /// 6401 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 6402 /// 6403 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 6404 /// default arguments will be dropped. 6405 /// 6406 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 6407 /// 6408 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 6409 /// 6410 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6411 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 6412 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6413 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 6414 6415 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 6416 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6417 6418 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 6419 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6420 6421 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 6422 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6423 bool CXXDirectInit); 6424 6425 bool 6426 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6427 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6428 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6429 6430 bool 6431 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6432 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6433 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6434 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6435 bool Complain = true); 6436 6437 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6438 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 6439 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6440 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6441 6442 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 6443 const Attr *TmplAttr; 6444 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 6445 Decl *NewDecl; 6446 6447 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 6448 Decl *D) 6449 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 6450 { } 6451 }; 6452 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 6453 6454 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6455 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 6456 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6457 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6458 6459 bool 6460 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6461 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6462 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6463 bool Complain = true); 6464 6465 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6466 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6467 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6468 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6469 6470 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6471 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6472 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6473 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6474 6475 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6476 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6477 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6478 6479 DeclarationNameInfo 6480 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6481 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6482 TemplateName 6483 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6484 SourceLocation Loc, 6485 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6486 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6487 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6488 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6489 6490 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6491 FunctionDecl *Function); 6492 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6493 FunctionDecl *Function, 6494 bool Recursive = false, 6495 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6496 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation( 6497 VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar, 6498 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList, 6499 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo, 6500 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 6501 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos, 6502 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6503 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = 0); 6504 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl( 6505 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl, 6506 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6507 void 6508 BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar, 6509 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6510 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs, 6511 DeclContext *Owner, 6512 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope, 6513 bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false); 6514 void InstantiateVariableInitializer( 6515 VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar, 6516 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6517 void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6518 VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false, 6519 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6520 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6521 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6522 VarDecl *Var, 6523 bool Recursive = false, 6524 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6525 6526 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6527 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6528 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6529 6530 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6531 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6532 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6533 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6534 6535 // Objective-C declarations. 6536 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6537 OCK_None = -1, 6538 OCK_Interface = 0, 6539 OCK_Protocol, 6540 OCK_Category, 6541 OCK_ClassExtension, 6542 OCK_Implementation, 6543 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6544 }; 6545 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6546 6547 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6548 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6549 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6550 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6551 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6552 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6553 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6554 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6555 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6556 AttributeList *AttrList); 6557 6558 void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs, 6559 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6560 SourceLocation SuperLoc); 6561 6562 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6563 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6564 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6565 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6566 6567 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6568 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6569 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6570 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6571 6572 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6573 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6574 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6575 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6576 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6577 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6578 AttributeList *AttrList); 6579 6580 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6581 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6582 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6583 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6584 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6585 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6586 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6587 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6588 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6589 6590 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6591 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6592 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6593 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6594 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6595 6596 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6597 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6598 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6599 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6600 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6601 6602 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6603 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6604 6605 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6606 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6607 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6608 unsigned NumElts); 6609 6610 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6611 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6612 unsigned NumElts, 6613 AttributeList *attrList); 6614 6615 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6616 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6617 unsigned NumProtocols, 6618 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6619 6620 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6621 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6622 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6623 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6624 SourceLocation Loc, 6625 unsigned &Attributes, 6626 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6627 6628 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6629 /// setters and getters as needed. 6630 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6631 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6632 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6633 /// in class extension. 6634 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6635 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6636 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6637 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6638 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6639 6640 6641 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6642 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6643 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 6644 bool OverridingProtocolProperty); 6645 6646 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6647 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6648 6649 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6650 ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None, 6651 ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None); 6652 6653 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6654 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6655 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6656 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6657 bool *OverridingProperty, 6658 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6659 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6660 6661 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6662 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6663 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6664 bool ImplKind, 6665 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6666 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6667 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6668 6669 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6670 OSMK_None, 6671 OSMK_Alloc, 6672 OSMK_New, 6673 OSMK_Copy, 6674 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6675 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6676 }; 6677 6678 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6679 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6680 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6681 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6682 // in this case. 6683 ParsedType Type; 6684 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6685 6686 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6687 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6688 }; 6689 6690 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6691 Scope *S, 6692 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6693 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6694 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6695 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6696 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6697 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6698 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6699 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6700 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6701 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6702 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6703 6704 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6705 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6706 bool IsInstance); 6707 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6708 bool IsInstance); 6709 6710 bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method); 6711 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6712 6713 ExprResult 6714 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6715 Expr *BaseExpr, 6716 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6717 DeclarationName MemberName, 6718 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6719 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6720 bool Super); 6721 6722 ExprResult 6723 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6724 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6725 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6726 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6727 6728 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6729 6730 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6731 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6732 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6733 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6734 ObjCSuperMessage, 6735 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6736 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6737 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6738 /// name. 6739 ObjCClassMessage 6740 }; 6741 6742 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6743 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6744 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6745 bool IsSuper, 6746 bool HasTrailingDot, 6747 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6748 6749 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6750 Selector Sel, 6751 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6752 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6753 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6754 MultiExprArg Args); 6755 6756 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6757 QualType ReceiverType, 6758 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6759 Selector Sel, 6760 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6761 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6762 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6763 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6764 MultiExprArg Args, 6765 bool isImplicit = false); 6766 6767 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6768 bool isSuperReceiver, 6769 SourceLocation Loc, 6770 Selector Sel, 6771 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6772 MultiExprArg Args); 6773 6774 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6775 ParsedType Receiver, 6776 Selector Sel, 6777 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6778 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6779 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6780 MultiExprArg Args); 6781 6782 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6783 QualType ReceiverType, 6784 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6785 Selector Sel, 6786 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6787 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6788 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6789 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6790 MultiExprArg Args, 6791 bool isImplicit = false); 6792 6793 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6794 QualType ReceiverType, 6795 SourceLocation Loc, 6796 Selector Sel, 6797 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6798 MultiExprArg Args); 6799 6800 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6801 Expr *Receiver, 6802 Selector Sel, 6803 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6804 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6805 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6806 MultiExprArg Args); 6807 6808 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6809 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6810 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6811 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6812 Expr *SubExpr); 6813 6814 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6815 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6816 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6817 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6818 ParsedType Type, 6819 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6820 Expr *SubExpr); 6821 6822 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6823 6824 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6825 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6826 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6827 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); 6828 6829 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6830 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6831 RTC_Compatible, 6832 RTC_Incompatible, 6833 RTC_Unknown 6834 }; 6835 6836 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6837 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6838 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6839 6840 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6841 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6842 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6843 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6844 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6845 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6846 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6847 }; 6848 6849 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6850 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6851 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6852 6853 enum PragmaPackKind { 6854 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6855 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6856 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6857 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6858 }; 6859 6860 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6861 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6862 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6863 }; 6864 6865 enum PragmaMSCommentKind { 6866 PCK_Unknown, 6867 PCK_Linker, // #pragma comment(linker, ...) 6868 PCK_Lib, // #pragma comment(lib, ...) 6869 PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...) 6870 PCK_ExeStr, // #pragma comment(exestr, ...) 6871 PCK_User // #pragma comment(user, ...) 6872 }; 6873 6874 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6875 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6876 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6877 Expr *Alignment, 6878 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6879 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6880 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6881 6882 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6883 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6884 6885 /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed 6886 /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg"). 6887 void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg); 6888 6889 /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch 6890 void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(StringRef Name, StringRef Value); 6891 6892 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6893 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6894 Scope *curScope, 6895 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6896 6897 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6898 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6899 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6900 6901 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6902 SourceLocation Loc); 6903 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6904 6905 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6906 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6907 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6908 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6909 6910 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6911 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6912 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6913 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6914 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6915 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6916 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6917 6918 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6919 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6920 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6921 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6922 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6923 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6924 6925 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6926 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6927 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6928 6929 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6930 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6931 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6932 6933 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6934 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6935 6936 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6937 void FreePackedContext(); 6938 6939 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6940 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6941 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6942 SourceLocation Loc); 6943 6944 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6945 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6946 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6947 6948 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6949 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6950 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6951 6952 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6953 void FreeVisContext(); 6954 6955 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6956 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6957 /// the appropriate attribute. 6958 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6959 6960 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6961 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6962 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6963 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6964 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6965 6966 // OpenMP directives and clauses. 6967private: 6968 void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack; 6969 /// \brief Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack. 6970 void InitDataSharingAttributesStack(); 6971 void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack(); 6972public: 6973 /// \brief Called on start of new data sharing attribute block. 6974 void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K, 6975 const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, 6976 Scope *CurScope); 6977 /// \brief Called on end of data sharing attribute block. 6978 void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective); 6979 6980 // OpenMP directives and clauses. 6981 /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp 6982 /// threadprivate'. 6983 ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope, 6984 CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, 6985 const DeclarationNameInfo &Id); 6986 /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'. 6987 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective( 6988 SourceLocation Loc, 6989 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); 6990 // \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness. 6991 OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl( 6992 SourceLocation Loc, 6993 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); 6994 6995 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, 6996 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, 6997 Stmt *AStmt, 6998 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6999 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7000 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing 7001 /// of the associated statement. 7002 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, 7003 Stmt *AStmt, 7004 SourceLocation StartLoc, 7005 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7006 7007 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, 7008 unsigned Argument, 7009 SourceLocation ArgumentLoc, 7010 SourceLocation StartLoc, 7011 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7012 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7013 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause. 7014 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind, 7015 SourceLocation KindLoc, 7016 SourceLocation StartLoc, 7017 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7018 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7019 7020 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, 7021 ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars, 7022 SourceLocation StartLoc, 7023 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7024 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7025 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause. 7026 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, 7027 SourceLocation StartLoc, 7028 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7029 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7030 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause. 7031 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, 7032 SourceLocation StartLoc, 7033 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7034 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7035 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'shared' clause. 7036 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, 7037 SourceLocation StartLoc, 7038 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7039 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7040 7041 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 7042 enum CheckedConversionKind { 7043 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 7044 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 7045 /// \brief A C-style cast. 7046 CCK_CStyleCast, 7047 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 7048 CCK_FunctionalCast, 7049 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 7050 CCK_OtherCast 7051 }; 7052 7053 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 7054 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 7055 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 7056 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 7057 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 7058 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 7059 CheckedConversionKind CCK 7060 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 7061 7062 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 7063 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 7064 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 7065 7066 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 7067 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 7068 /// required. 7069 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 7070 7071 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 7072 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 7073 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 7074 7075 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 7076 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 7077 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 7078 7079 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 7080 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 7081 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 7082 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 7083 7084 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 7085 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 7086 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 7087 // type. 7088 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 7089 7090 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 7091 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 7092 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 7093 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 7094 7095 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 7096 enum VariadicCallType { 7097 VariadicFunction, 7098 VariadicBlock, 7099 VariadicMethod, 7100 VariadicConstructor, 7101 VariadicDoesNotApply 7102 }; 7103 7104 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7105 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7106 Expr *Fn); 7107 7108 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 7109 // vararg function. 7110 enum VarArgKind { 7111 VAK_Valid, 7112 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 7113 VAK_Undefined, 7114 VAK_Invalid 7115 }; 7116 7117 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 7118 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 7119 7120 /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 7121 /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not. 7122 void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 7123 7124 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 7125 /// form of call prototypes. 7126 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 7127 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7128 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7129 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 7130 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 7131 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs, 7132 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 7133 bool AllowExplicit = false, 7134 bool IsListInitialization = false); 7135 7136 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 7137 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 7138 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 7139 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 7140 7141 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 7142 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 7143 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 7144 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 7145 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 7146 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7147 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7148 7149 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 7150 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 7151 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 7152 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 7153 /// source and destination type. 7154 enum AssignConvertType { 7155 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 7156 Compatible, 7157 7158 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 7159 /// accept as an extension. 7160 PointerToInt, 7161 7162 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 7163 /// accept as an extension. 7164 IntToPointer, 7165 7166 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 7167 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 7168 FunctionVoidPointer, 7169 7170 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 7171 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 7172 IncompatiblePointer, 7173 7174 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 7175 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 7176 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 7177 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 7178 IncompatiblePointerSign, 7179 7180 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 7181 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 7182 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 7183 7184 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 7185 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 7186 /// like address spaces. 7187 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 7188 7189 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 7190 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 7191 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 7192 /// extension. 7193 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 7194 7195 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 7196 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 7197 IncompatibleVectors, 7198 7199 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 7200 /// pointer. We disallow this. 7201 IntToBlockPointer, 7202 7203 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 7204 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 7205 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 7206 7207 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 7208 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 7209 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 7210 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 7211 7212 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 7213 /// object with __weak qualifier. 7214 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 7215 7216 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 7217 /// represent it in the AST. 7218 Incompatible 7219 }; 7220 7221 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 7222 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 7223 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 7224 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 7225 SourceLocation Loc, 7226 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 7227 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 7228 bool *Complained = 0); 7229 7230 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 7231 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 7232 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 7233 Expr *SrcExpr); 7234 7235 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 7236 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 7237 /// C99 6.5.16. 7238 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 7239 QualType LHSType, 7240 QualType RHSType); 7241 7242 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 7243 /// RHS to the LHS type. 7244 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 7245 ExprResult &RHS, 7246 CastKind &Kind); 7247 7248 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 7249 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 7250 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 7251 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 7252 ExprResult &RHS, 7253 bool Diagnose = true, 7254 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false); 7255 7256 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 7257 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 7258 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 7259 ExprResult &RHS); 7260 7261 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 7262 7263 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 7264 7265 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7266 AssignmentAction Action, 7267 bool AllowExplicit = false); 7268 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7269 AssignmentAction Action, 7270 bool AllowExplicit, 7271 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 7272 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7273 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 7274 AssignmentAction Action, 7275 CheckedConversionKind CCK 7276 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 7277 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7278 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 7279 AssignmentAction Action, 7280 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 7281 7282 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 7283 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 7284 7285 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 7286 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 7287 ExprResult &RHS); 7288 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 7289 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 7290 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 7291 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 7292 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 7293 bool IsDivide); 7294 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 7295 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7296 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7297 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 7298 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 7299 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 7300 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 7301 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7302 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 7303 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 7304 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 7305 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7306 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 7307 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 7308 bool isRelational); 7309 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 7310 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7311 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7312 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 7313 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 7314 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 7315 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 7316 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 7317 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 7318 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 7319 7320 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 7321 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 7322 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 7323 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 7324 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 7325 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 7326 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 7327 7328 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 7329 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7330 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7331 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 7332 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 7333 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 7334 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 7335 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 7336 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 7337 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 7338 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 7339 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 7340 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 7341 NonStandardCompositeType); 7342 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 7343 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 7344 return Composite; 7345 } 7346 7347 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7348 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7349 7350 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 7351 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7352 7353 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 7354 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7355 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 7356 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 7357 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7358 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 7359 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7360 SourceLocation Loc); 7361 7362 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 7363 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 7364 7365 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 7366 7367 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 7368 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 7369 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 7370 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 7371 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 7372 /// reference binding is not possible. 7373 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 7374 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 7375 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 7376 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 7377 Ref_Related, 7378 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 7379 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 7380 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 7381 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 7382 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 7383 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 7384 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 7385 Ref_Compatible 7386 }; 7387 7388 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 7389 QualType T1, QualType T2, 7390 bool &DerivedToBase, 7391 bool &ObjCConversion, 7392 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 7393 7394 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 7395 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 7396 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 7397 7398 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 7399 /// given type. 7400 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 7401 7402 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an 7403 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 7404 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, 7405 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); 7406 7407 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 7408 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7409 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 7410 // returns true if the cast is invalid 7411 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 7412 CastKind &Kind); 7413 7414 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 7415 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7416 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 7417 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 7418 // returns the cast expr 7419 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 7420 CastKind &Kind); 7421 7422 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7423 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7424 Expr *CastExpr, 7425 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 7426 7427 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 7428 7429 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 7430 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 7431 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 7432 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 7433 CheckedConversionKind CCK, 7434 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false); 7435 7436 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7437 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7438 7439 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 7440 QualType ExprType); 7441 7442 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 7443 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 7444 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 7445 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 7446 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 7447 7448 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7449 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 7450 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 7451 7452 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7453 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 7454 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 7455 7456 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 7457 /// \param Method - May be null. 7458 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 7459 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 7460 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 7461 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel, 7462 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 7463 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 7464 bool isSuperMessage, 7465 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 7466 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 7467 7468 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 7469 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 7470 /// and the form of the message send. 7471 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 7472 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 7473 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 7474 7475 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 7476 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 7477 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 7478 7479 /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return 7480 /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result 7481 /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened. 7482 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType); 7483 7484 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 7485 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 7486 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 7487 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 7488 /// 7489 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 7490 /// 'if' keyword. 7491 /// \return true iff there were any errors 7492 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 7493 7494 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 7495 Expr *SubExpr); 7496 7497 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 7498 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 7499 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 7500 7501 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 7502 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 7503 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 7504 7505 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 7506 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 7507 7508 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 7509 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 7510 /// the specified diagnostic. 7511 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 7512 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 7513 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 7514 7515 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 7516 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 7517 /// in the global scope. 7518 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 7519 7520 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 7521 /// expression violations. 7522 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 7523 public: 7524 bool Suppress; 7525 7526 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 7527 7528 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 7529 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 7530 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 7531 }; 7532 7533 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 7534 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 7535 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 7536 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7537 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 7538 bool AllowFold = true); 7539 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7540 unsigned DiagID, 7541 bool AllowFold = true); 7542 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 7543 7544 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 7545 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 7546 /// Returns false on success. 7547 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 7548 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7549 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 7550 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 7551 7552 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 7553 CFT_Device, 7554 CFT_Global, 7555 CFT_Host, 7556 CFT_HostDevice 7557 }; 7558 7559 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 7560 7561 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 7562 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 7563 7564 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 7565 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 7566 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 7567 } 7568 7569 /// \name Code completion 7570 //@{ 7571 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 7572 enum ParserCompletionContext { 7573 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 7574 PCC_Namespace, 7575 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7576 PCC_Class, 7577 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7578 /// or category. 7579 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7580 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7581 /// category implementation 7582 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7583 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7584 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7585 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7586 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7587 /// headers. 7588 PCC_Template, 7589 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7590 /// headers within a class. 7591 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7592 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7593 PCC_Expression, 7594 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7595 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7596 PCC_Statement, 7597 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7598 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7599 PCC_ForInit, 7600 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7601 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7602 PCC_Condition, 7603 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7604 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7605 /// in the grammar. 7606 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7607 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7608 PCC_Type, 7609 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7610 /// might also be a type cast. 7611 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7612 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7613 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7614 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7615 }; 7616 7617 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7618 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7619 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7620 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7621 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7622 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7623 7624 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7625 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7626 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7627 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7628 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7629 bool IsArrow); 7630 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7631 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7632 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7633 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7634 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7635 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7636 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7637 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7638 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7639 7640 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7641 bool EnteringContext); 7642 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7643 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7644 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7645 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7646 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7647 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer( 7648 Decl *Constructor, 7649 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers); 7650 7651 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7652 bool AfterAmpersand); 7653 7654 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7655 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7656 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7657 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7658 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7659 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7660 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7661 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7662 bool IsParameter); 7663 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7664 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7665 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 7666 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7667 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7668 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 7669 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7670 bool IsSuper = false); 7671 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7672 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 7673 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7674 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7675 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7676 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7677 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7678 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); 7679 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7680 unsigned NumProtocols); 7681 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7682 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7683 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7684 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7685 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7686 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7687 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7688 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7689 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7690 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7691 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7692 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7693 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7694 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7695 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7696 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7697 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7698 ParsedType ReturnType); 7699 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7700 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7701 bool AtParameterName, 7702 ParsedType ReturnType, 7703 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); 7704 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7705 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7706 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7707 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7708 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7709 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7710 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7711 unsigned Argument); 7712 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7713 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7714 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7715 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7716 //@} 7717 7718 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7719 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7720 7721public: 7722 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7723 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7724 7725private: 7726 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7727 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7728 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7729 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7730 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7731 // FunctionDeclaration. 7732 struct FormatStringInfo { 7733 unsigned FormatIdx; 7734 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7735 bool HasVAListArg; 7736 }; 7737 7738 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7739 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7740 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7741 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7742 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7743 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args); 7744 bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7745 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7746 bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7747 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7748 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7749 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7750 SourceLocation Loc); 7751 7752 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7753 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7754 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7755 VariadicCallType CallType); 7756 7757 7758 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7759 7760 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7761 7762 bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7763 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7764 bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7765 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7766 7767 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7768 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7769 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7770 7771public: 7772 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7773 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7774 ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7775 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 7776 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 7777 7778private: 7779 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7780 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7781 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7782 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7783 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7784 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7785 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7786 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7787 7788public: 7789 enum FormatStringType { 7790 FST_Scanf, 7791 FST_Printf, 7792 FST_NSString, 7793 FST_Strftime, 7794 FST_Strfmon, 7795 FST_Kprintf, 7796 FST_Unknown 7797 }; 7798 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7799 7800 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7801 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg, 7802 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7803 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7804 VariadicCallType CallType, 7805 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); 7806 7807private: 7808 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 7809 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7810 bool IsCXXMember, 7811 VariadicCallType CallType, 7812 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7813 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); 7814 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7815 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7816 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7817 VariadicCallType CallType, 7818 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range, 7819 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); 7820 7821 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7822 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7823 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7824 7825 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7826 unsigned BId, 7827 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7828 7829 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7830 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7831 7832 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7833 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7834 7835 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7836 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7837 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7838 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7839 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); 7840 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); 7841 7842 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either 7843 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. 7844 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), 7845 bool IsConstexpr = false); 7846 7847 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7848 Expr *Init); 7849 7850public: 7851 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7852 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7853 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7854 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7855 7856 struct TypeTagData { 7857 TypeTagData() {} 7858 7859 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7860 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7861 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7862 {} 7863 7864 QualType Type; 7865 7866 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7867 /// layout-compatibility. 7868 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7869 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7870 }; 7871 7872 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7873 /// identifies the magic value. 7874 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7875 7876private: 7877 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7878 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7879 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7880 7881 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7882 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7883 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7884 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7885 7886 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7887 /// 7888 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7889 Scope *CurScope; 7890 7891 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super; 7892 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128; 7893 7894protected: 7895 friend class Parser; 7896 friend class InitializationSequence; 7897 friend class ASTReader; 7898 friend class ASTWriter; 7899 7900public: 7901 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7902 /// 7903 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7904 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7905 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7906 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7907 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7908 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7909 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7910 7911 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const; 7912 IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const; 7913 7914 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7915 7916 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7917 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7918 } 7919 7920 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7921 7922 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7923 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7924 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7925 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7926 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7927 return DC; 7928 } 7929}; 7930 7931/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7932class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7933 Sema &Actions; 7934 7935public: 7936 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7937 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7938 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7939 bool IsDecltype = false) 7940 : Actions(Actions) { 7941 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7942 IsDecltype); 7943 } 7944 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7945 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7946 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7947 bool IsDecltype = false) 7948 : Actions(Actions) { 7949 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7950 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7951 IsDecltype); 7952 } 7953 7954 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7955 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7956 } 7957}; 7958 7959DeductionFailureInfo 7960MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK, 7961 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 7962 7963/// \brief Contains a late templated function. 7964/// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser. 7965struct LateParsedTemplate { 7966 CachedTokens Toks; 7967 /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed. 7968 Decl *D; 7969}; 7970 7971} // end namespace clang 7972 7973#endif 7974